22.07.

2023

VISVESVARAYA TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, BELAGAVI

B.E. in Civil Engineering
Scheme of Teaching and Examinations2022
Outcome Based Education (OBE) and Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)
(Effective from the academic year 2023-24)
III SEMESTER
Teaching Hours /Week Examination

Department (TD)
and Question
Paper Setting
Board (PSB)

Practical/
Course

Drawing
Tutorial
Lecture
Teaching

Total Marks
Theory

Duration in

CIE Marks

SEE Marks

Credits
Sl. Course

SDA
Code Course Title

hours
No

L T P S
1
PCC BCV301 Strength of Materials TD: CV PSB: CV 3 0 0 03 50 50 100 3
2 IPCC BCV302 Engineering Survey TD: CV PSB: CV 3 0 2 03 50 50 100 4
IPCC BCV303 TD- Geology/CV
3 Engineering Geology PSB-Geology/CV 3 0 2 03 50 50 100 4
PCC BCV304 Water Supply and Waste water TD: CV PSB: CV
4 3 0 0 03 50 50 100 3
Engineering
PCCL BCV305 Computer Aided Building Planning and TD: CV PSB: CV
5
Drawing
0 0 2 03 50 50 100 1
6 ESC BCV306x ESC/ETC/PLC PSB: CV 3 0 0 03 50 50 100 3
7 UHV BSCK307 Social Connect and Responsibility Any Department 0 0 2 01 100 --- 100 1
If the course is a Theory
AEC/ Ability Enhancement Course/Skill Enhancement 1 0 0
01
8
SEC
BCV358x Course - III If a course is a laboratory
50 50 100 1
0 0 2
02
BNSK359 National Service Scheme (NSS) NSS coordinator
Physical Education (PE) (Sports and Physical Education
9 MC BPEK359
Athletics) Director 0 0 2 100 --- 100 0
BYOK359 Yoga Yoga Teacher
Total 550 350 900 20
PCC: Professional Core Course, PCCL: Professional Core Course laboratory, UHV: Universal Human Value Course, MC: Mandatory Course (Non-credit), AEC: Ability
Enhancement Course, SEC: Skill Enhancement Course, L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical S= SDA: Skill Development Activity, CIE: Continuous Internal Evaluation, SEE:
Semester End Evaluation. K: This letter in the course code indicates common to all the stream of Engineering. ESC: Engineering Science Course, ETC: Emerging
Technology Course, PLC: Programming Language Course

JBOS 10.02.2023 / V5
 22.07.2023

.
Engineering Science Course (ESC/ETC/PLC)
BCV306A Rural, Urban Planning and Architecture BCV306C Sustainable Design Concept for Building Services
BCV306B Geospatial Techniques in Practice BCV306D Fire Safety in Buildings

Ability Enhancement Course – III

BCV358A Data analytics with Excel - IBM BCV358C Problem Solving with PYTHON
BCV358B Smart Urban Infrastructure BCV358D Personality Development for Civil Engineers
Professional Core Course (IPCC): Refers to Professional Core Course Theory Integrated with practicals of the same course. Credit for IPCC can be 04 and its Teaching–
Learning hours (L : T : P) can be considered as (3 : 0 : 2) or (2 : 2 : 2). The theory part of the IPCC shall be evaluated both by CIE and SEE. The practical part shall be
evaluated by only CIE (no SEE). However, questions from the practical part of IPCC shall be included in the SEE question paper. For more details, the regulation
governing the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering /Technology (B.E./ B. Tech.) 2022-23 may please be referred.

National Service Scheme /Physical Education/Yoga: All students have to register for any one of the courses namely National Service Scheme (NSS), Physical Education
(PE)(Sports and Athletics), and Yoga(YOG) with the concerned coordinator of the course during the first Week of III semesters. Activities shall be carried out between III
semester to the VI semester (for 4 semesters). Successful completion of the registered course and requisite CIE score is mandatory for the award of the Degree. The
events shall be appropriately scheduled by the colleges and the same shall be reflected in the calendar prepared for the NSS, PE, and Yoga activities. These courses shall
not be considered for vertical progression as well as for the calculation of SGPA and CGPA, but completion of the course is mandatory for the award of Degree.

JBOS 10.02.2023 / V5
 22.07.2023

VARAYA TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, BELAGAVI

B.E. in Civil Engineering
Scheme of Teaching and Examinations2022
Outcome Based Education (OBE) and Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)
(Effective from the academic year 2023-24)
IV SEMESTER
Teaching Hours /Week Examination

Department (TD)

Board (PSB)
and Question
Paper Setting

Self -Study
Practical/
Teaching

Drawing
Tutorial

Total Marks
Lecture

Duration in
Theory

CIE Marks

SEE Marks

Credits
Sl. Course and
Course Title

hours
No Course Code

L T P S
1 PCC BCV401 Analysis of Structures TD: CV PSB: CV 3 0 0 03 50 50 100 3
2 IPCC BCV402 Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics TD: CV PSB: CV 3 0 2 03 50 50 100 4
3 IPCC BCV403 Transportation Engineering TD: CV PSB: CV 3 0 2 03 50 50 100 4
4 PCCL BCV404 Building Materials Testing Lab TD: CV PSB: CV 0 0 2 03 50 50 100 1
5 ESC BCV405x ESC/ETC/PLC 3 0 0 03 50 50 100 3
TD and PSB:
If the course is Theory
01
AEC/ Ability Enhancement Course/Skill Concerned 1 0 0
6
SEC BCV456x department 50 50 100 1
Enhancement Course- IV If the course is a lab
02
0 0 2
7 BSC BBOK407 Biology For Engineers TD / PSB: BT, CHE, 3 0 0 03 50 50 100 3
8 UHV BUHK408 Universal human values course Any Department 1 0 0 01 50 50 100 1
BNSK459 National Service Scheme (NSS) NSS coordinator
Physical Education
9 MC BPEK459 Physical Education (PE) (Sports and Athletics)
Director
0 0 2 100 --- 100 0
BYOK459 Yoga Yoga Teacher
Total 500 400 900 20
PCC: Professional Core Course, PCCL: Professional Core Course laboratory, UHV: Universal Human Value Course, MC: Mandatory Course (Non-credit), AEC: Ability
Enhancement Course, SEC: Skill Enhancement Course, L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical S= SDA: Skill Development Activity, CIE: Continuous Internal Evaluation, SEE:
Semester End Evaluation. K : This letter in the course code indicates common to all the stream of engineering.

JBOS 10.02.2023 / V5
 22.07.2023

Ability Enhancement Course / Skill Enhancement Course - IV

BCV456A Finance for Professionals BCV456C Electronic Waste Management - Issues and Challenges
BCV456B GIS with Quantum GIS BCV456D Technical Writing Skills
Engineering Science Course (ESC/ETC/PLC)
BCV405A Building Information Modelling in Civil Engineering BCV405C Concreting Techniques & Practices
BCV405B Construction Equipment, Plants and Machinery BCV405D Watershed Management
Professional Core Course (IPCC): Refers to Professional Core Course Theory Integrated with practical of the same course. Credit for IPCC can be 04 and its Teaching–
Learning hours (L : T : P) can be considered as (3 : 0 : 2) or (2 : 2 : 2). The theory part of the IPCC shall be evaluated both by CIE and SEE. The practical part shall be
evaluated by only CIE (no SEE). However, questions from the practical part of IPCC shall be included in the SEE question paper. For more details, the regulation
governing the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering /Technology (B.E./B.Tech.) 2022-23
National Service Scheme /Physical Education/Yoga: All students have to register for any one of the courses namely National Service Scheme (NSS), Physical Education
(PE)(Sports and Athletics), and Yoga(YOG) with the concerned coordinator of the course during the first Week of III semesters. Activities shall be carried out between III
semester to the VI semester (for 4 semesters). Successful completion of the registered course and requisite CIE score is mandatory for the award of the Degree. The
events shall be appropriately scheduled by the colleges and the same shall be reflected in the calendar prepared for the NSS, PE, and Yoga activities. These courses shall
not be considered for vertical progression as well as for the calculation of SGPA and CGPA, but completion of the courses is mandatory for the award of Degree.

JBOS 10.02.2023 / V5
 22.07.2023

VISVESVARAYA TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, BELAGAVI

B.E. in Civil Engineering
Scheme of Teaching and Examinations2022
Outcome Based Education (OBE) and Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)
(Effective from the academic year 2023-24)
V SEMESTER
Teaching Hours /Week Examination

Department (TD)

Board (PSB)
and Question
Paper Setting

Self -Study
Practical/
Teaching

Drawing
Tutorial

Total Marks
Lecture

Duration in
Theory

CIE Marks

SEE Marks

Credits
Sl. Course and

hours
Course Title
No Course Code

L T P S
Construction Management and TD: CV PSB: CV
1 HSMS BCV501 3 0 0 03 50 50 100 3
Entrepreneurship
2 IPCC BCV502 Geotechnical Engineering TD: CV PSB: CV 3 2 03 50 50 100 4
3 IPCC BCV503 Concrete Technology TD: CV PSB: CV 3 0 2 03 50 50 100 4
4 PCCL BCV504 Environmental Engineering Lab TD: CV PSB: CV 0 0 2 03 50 50 100 1
5 PEC BCV515x Professional Elective Course TD: CV PSB: CV 3 0 0 03 50 50 100 3
6 PROJ BCV586 Mini Project/Extensive Survey Project TD: CV PSB: CV 0 0 4 03 100 100 2
7 AEC BRMK557 Research Methodology and IPR 2 2 0 02 50 50 100 3
8 MC BESK508 Environmental Studies TD: CV PSB: CV 2 0 0 02 50 50 100 2
BNSK559 National Service Scheme (NSS) NSS coordinator
Physical Education
9 MC BPEK559 Physical Education (PE) (Sports and Athletics)
Director 0 0 2 100 100 0
BYOK559 Yoga Yoga Teacher
Total 500 300 800 22
Professional Elective Course
BCV515A Numerical Methods in Civil Engineering BCV515C Solid Waste Management
BCV515B Occupational Safety and Health Monitoring BCV515D Remote Sensing and GIS
PCC: Professional Core Course, PCCL: Professional Core Course laboratory, UHV: Universal Human Value Course, MC: Mandatory Course (Non-credit), AEC: Ability
Enhancement Course, SEC: Skill Enhancement Course, L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical S= SDA: Skill Development Activity, CIE: Continuous Internal Evaluation, SEE:
Semester End Evaluation. K : The letter in the course code indicates common to al the stream of Engineering. PROJ: Project /Mini Project. PEC: Professional Elective
Course
Professional Core Course (IPCC): Refers to Professional Core Course Theory Integrated with practicals of the same course. Credit for IPCC can be 04 and its Teaching–

JBOS 10.02.2023 / V5
 22.07.2023

Learning hours (L : T : P) can be considered as (3 : 0 : 2) or (2 : 2 : 2). The theory part of the IPCC shall be evaluated both by CIE and SEE. The practical part shall be
evaluated by only CIE (no SEE). However, questions from the practical part of IPCC shall be included in the SEE question paper. For more details, the regulation
governing the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering /Technology (B.E./B.Tech.) 2022-23
National Service Scheme /Physical Education/Yoga: All students have to register for any one of the courses namely National Service Scheme (NSS), Physical Education
(PE)(Sports and Athletics), and Yoga(YOG) with the concerned coordinator of the course during the first Week of III semesters. Activities shall be carried out between III
semester to the VI semester (for 4 semesters). Successful completion of the registered course and requisite CIE score is mandatory for the award of the Degree. The
events shall be appropriately scheduled by the colleges and the same shall be reflected in the calendar prepared for the NSS, PE, and Yoga activities. These courses shall
not be considered for vertical progression as well as for the calculation of SGPA and CGPA, but completion of the course is mandatory for the award of Degree.
Mini-project work: Mini Project is a laboratory-oriented/hands on course that will provide a platform to students to enhance their practical knowledge and skills by the
development of small systems/applications etc. Based on the ability/abilities of the student/s and recommendations of the mentor, a single discipline or a
multidisciplinary Mini- project can be assigned to an individual student or to a group having not more than 4 students.
CIE procedure for Mini-project:
(i) Single discipline: The CIE marks shall be awarded by a committee consisting of the Head of the concerned Department and two faculty members of the Department,
one of them being the Guide. The CIE marks awarded for the Mini-project work shall be based on the evaluation of the project report, project presentation skill, and
question and answer session in the ratio of 50:25:25. The marks awarded for the project report shall be the same for all the batches mates.
(ii) Interdisciplinary: Continuous Internal Evaluation shall be group-wise at the college level with the participation of all the guides of the project.
The CIE marks awarded for the Mini-project, shall be based on the evaluation of the project report, project presentation skill, and question and answer session in the
ratio 50:25:25. The marks awarded for the project report shall be the same for all the batch mates.
No SEE component for Mini-Project.

Professional Elective Courses (PEC): A professional elective (PEC) course is intended to enhance the depth and breadth of educational experience in the Engineering and
Technology curriculum. Multidisciplinary courses that are added supplement the latest trend and advanced technology in the selected stream of Engineering. Each
group will provide an option to select one course. The minimum number of students’ strengths for offering a professional elective is 10. However, this conditional shall
not be applicable to cases where the admission to the program is less than 10.

JBOS 10.02.2023 / V5
 22.07.2023

VISVESVARAYA TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, BELAGAVI

B.E. in Civil Engineering
Scheme of Teaching and Examinations2022
Outcome Based Education (OBE) and Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)
(Effective from the academic year 2023-24)
VI SEMESTER
Teaching Hours /Week Examination

Department (TD)

Board (PSB)
and Question
Paper Setting

Self -Study
Practical/
Teaching

Drawing
Tutorial

Total Marks
Lecture

Duration in
Theory

CIE Marks

SEE Marks

Credits
Sl. Course and

hours
Course Title
No Course Code

L T P S
1 IPCC BCV601 Design of RCC Structures 3 0 2 03 50 50 100 4
Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic 100 4
2 PCC BCV602 3 2 0 03 50 50
Structures
3 PEC BCV613x Professional Elective Course 3 0 0 03 50 50 100 3
4 OEC BCV654x Open Elective Course 3 0 0 03 50 50 100 3
5 PROJ BCV685 Major Project Phase I 0 0 4 03 100 -- 100 2
6 PCCL BCVL606 Software Application Lab 0 0 2 03 50 50 100 1
7 If the course is offered as a Theory
Ability Enhancement Course/Skill Development 1 0 0
AEC/SDC BCV657x Course V If course is offered as a practical
01 50 50 100 1
0 0 2
BNSK658 National Service Scheme (NSS) NSS coordinator
Physical Education
8 MC BPEK658 Physical Education (PE) (Sports and Athletics)
Director 0 0 2 100 --- 100 0
BYOK658 Yoga Yoga Teacher

Total 500 300 800 18

Professional Elective Course
BCV613A Design of Bridges BCV613C Applied Geotechnical Engineering
BCV613B Design of formwork and scaffolding BCV613D Design and Construction of Highway Pavements
Open Elective Course
BCV654A Water conservation and Rainwater Harvesting BCV654C Integrated Waste Management for a Smart City
BCV654B Geographic Information Systems BCV654D Sustainable Development Goals

JBOS 10.02.2023 / V5
 22.07.2023

Ability Enhancement Course / Skill Enhancement Course-V

BCV657A Structural Health Monitoring Using Sensors BCV657C DataAnalytics for Civil Engineers
BCV657B Quality Control and Quality Assurance BCV657D AI and Analytics for Structural Health Monitoring
PCC: Professional Core Course, PCCL: Professional Core Course laboratory, UHV: Universal Human Value Course, MC: Mandatory Course (Non-credit), AEC: Ability
Enhancement Course, SEC: Skill Enhancement Course, L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical S= SDA: Skill Development Activity, CIE: Continuous Internal Evaluation, SEE:
Semester End Evaluation. K : The letter in the course code indicates common to al the stream of Engineering. PROJ: Project /Mini Project. PEC: Professional Elective
Course. PROJ: Project Phase -I, OEC: Open Elective Course
Professional Core Course (IPCC): Refers to Professional Core Course Theory Integrated with practicals of the same course. Credit for IPCC can be 04 and its Teaching–
Learning hours (L : T : P) can be considered as (3 : 0 : 2) or (2 : 2 : 2). The theory part of the IPCC shall be evaluated both by CIE and SEE. The practical part shall be
evaluated by only CIE (no SEE). However, questions from the practical part of IPCC shall be included in the SEE question paper. For more details, the regulation
governing the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering /Technology (B.E./B.Tech.) 2022-23
National Service Scheme /Physical Education/Yoga: All students have to register for any one of the courses namely National Service Scheme (NSS), Physical Education
(PE)(Sports and Athletics), and Yoga(YOG) with the concerned coordinator of the course during the first Week of III semesters. Activities shall be carried out between III
semester to the VI semester (for 4 semesters). Successful completion of the registered course and requisite CIE score is mandatory for the award of the Degree. The
events shall be appropriately scheduled by the colleges and the same shall be reflected in the calendar prepared for the NSS, PE, and Yoga activities. These courses shall
not be considered for vertical progression as well as for the calculation of SGPA and CGPA, but completion of the course is mandatory for the award of Degree.
Professional Elective Courses (PEC): A professional elective (PEC) course is intended to enhance the depth and breadth of educational experience in the Engineering and
Technology curriculum. Multidisciplinary courses that are added supplement the latest trend and advanced technology in the selected stream of Engineering. Each
group will provide an option to select one course. The minimum number of students’ strengths for offering professional electives is 10. However, this conditional shall
not be applicable to cases where the admission to the program is less than 10.
Open Elective Courses:
Students belonging to a particular stream of Engineering and Technology are not entitled to the open electives offered by their parent Department. However, they can
opt for an elective offered by other Departments, provided they satisfy the prerequisite condition if any. Registration to open electives shall be documented under the
guidance of the Program Coordinator/ Advisor/Mentor. The minimum numbers of students’ strength for offering Open Elective Course is 10. However, this condition
shall not be applicable to class where the admission to the program is less than 10.
Project Phase-I : Students have to discuss with the mentor /guide and with their help he/she has to complete the literature survey and prepare the report and finally
define the problem statement for the project work.

JBOS 10.02.2023 / V5
 22.07.2023

VISVESVARAYA TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, BELAGAVI

B.E. in Civil Engineering
Scheme of Teaching and Examinations2022
Outcome Based Education (OBE) and Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)
(Effective from the academic year 2023-24)
VII SEMESTER (Swappable VII and VIII SEMESTER)
Teaching Hours /Week Examination

Department (TD)

Board (PSB)
and Question
Paper Setting

Self -Study
Practical/
Teaching

Drawing
Tutorial

Total Marks
Lecture

Duration in
Theory

CIE Marks

SEE Marks

Credits
Sl. Course and

hours
Course Title
No Course Code

L T P S
1 IPCC BCV701 Design of Steel Structures 3 0 2 03 50 50 100 4
Estimation and Contract 100 4
2 IPCC BCV702 3 2 0 03 50 50
Management
3 PCC BCV703 Prestressed Concrete 3 2 0 03 50 50 100 4
4 PEC BCV714x Professional Elective Course 3 0 0 03 50 50 100 3
5 OEC BCV755x Open Elective Course 3 0 0 01 50 50 100 3
6 PROJ BCV786 Major Project Phase-II 0 0 12 03 100 100 200 6
400 300 700 24
Professional Elective Course
BCV714A Intelligent Transport Systems BCV714C Ground Improvement and Reinforced Earth
BCV714B Precast Members - Systems & Construction BCV714D Design and Execution of Pile Foundations
BCV714E Earthquake Resistant Structures BCV714F Retrofitting and Rehabilitation of Structures
Open Elective Course
BCV755A Road Safety Engineering BCV755C Energy Efficiency, Acoustics And Daylighting In Building
BCV755B Conservation Of Natural Resources BCV755D Integrated Building Services
PCC: Professional Core Course, PCCL: Professional Core Course laboratory, PEC: Professional Elective Course, OEC: Open Elective Course PR: Project Work, L: Lecture, T:
Tutorial, P: Practical S= SDA: Skill Development Activity, CIE: Continuous Internal Evaluation, SEE: Semester End Evaluation. TD- Teaching Department, PSB: Paper Setting
department, OEC: Open Elective Course, PEC: Professional Elective Course. PROJ: Project work
Note: VII and VIII semesters of IV years of the program
(1) Institutions can swap the VII and VIII Semester Schemes of Teaching and Examinations to accommodate research internships/ industry internships after the VI
semester.

JBOS 10.02.2023 / V5
 22.07.2023

10

(2) Credits earned for the courses of VII and VIII Semester Scheme of Teaching and Examinations shall be counted against the corresponding semesters whether the VII
or VIII semesters is completed during the beginning of the IV year or the later part of IV years of the program.
Professional Elective Courses (PEC): A professional elective (PEC) course is intended to enhance the depth and breadth of educational experience in the Engineering and
Technology curriculum. Multidisciplinary courses that are added supplement the latest trend and advanced technology in the selected stream of Engineering. Each
group will provide an option to select one course. The minimum number of students’ strengths for offering professional electives is 10. However, this conditional shall
not be applicable to cases where the admission to the program is less than 10.
Open Elective Courses:
Students belonging to a particular stream of Engineering and Technology are not entitled to the open electives offered by their parent Department. However, they can
opt for an elective offered by other Departments, provided they satisfy the prerequisite condition if any. Registration to open electives shall be documented under the
guidance of the Program Coordinator/ Advisor/Mentor. The minimum numbers of students’ strength for offering Open Elective Course is 10. However, this condition
shall not be applicable to class where the admission to the program is less than 10.

PROJECT WORK (21CVP75): The objective of the Project work is

(i) To encourage independent learning and the innovative attitude of the students.
(ii) To develop interactive attitude, communication skills, organization, time management, and presentation skills.
(iii) To impart flexibility and adaptability.
(iv) To inspire team working.
(v) To expand intellectual capacity, credibility, judgment and intuition.
(vi) To adhere to punctuality, setting and meeting deadlines.
(vii) To install responsibilities to oneself and others.
(viii)To train students to present the topic of project work in a seminar without any fear, face the audience confidently, enhance communication skills, involve in
group discussion to present and exchange ideas.
CIE procedure for Project Work:
(1) Single discipline: The CIE marks shall be awarded by a committee consisting of the Head of the concerned Department and two senior faculty members of the
Department, one of whom shall be the Guide.
The CIE marks awarded for the project work, shall be based on the evaluation of the project work Report, project presentation skill, and question and answer session in
the ratio 50:25:25. The marks awarded for the project report shall be the same for all the batch mates.
(2) Interdisciplinary: Continuous Internal Evaluation shall be group-wise at the college level with the participation of all guides of the college. Participation of external
guide/s, if any, is desirable. The CIE marks awarded for the project work, shall be based on the evaluation of project work Report, project presentation skill, and question
and answer session in the ratio 50:25:25. The marks awarded for the project report shall be the same for all the batch mates.

JBOS 10.02.2023 / V5
 22.07.2023

11

SEE procedure for Project Work: SEE for project work will be conducted by the two examiners appointed by the University. The SEE marks awarded for the project work
shall be based on the evaluation of project work Report, project presentation skill, and question and answer session in the ratio 50:25:25.

VISVESVARAYA TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, BELAGAVI

B.E. in Civil Engineering
Scheme of Teaching and Examinations2022
Outcome Based Education (OBE) and Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)
(Effective from the academic year 2023-24)
VIIISEMESTER (Swappable VII and VIII SEMESTER)
Teaching Hours /Week Examination

Department (TD)
and Question
Paper Setting
Board (PSB)

Self -Study
Practical/
Teaching

Drawing
Tutorial

Total Marks
Lecture

Duration in
Theory

CIE Marks

SEE Marks

Credits
Sl. Course and

hours
Course Title
No Course Code

L T P S
1 PEC BCV801x Professional Elective (Online Courses) 3 0 0 03 50 50 100 3
2 OEC BCV802x Open Elective (Online Courses) 3 0 0 01 50 50 100 3
3 INT BCV803 Internship (Industry/Research) (14 - 20 Weeks) 0 0 12 03 100 100 200 10
200 200 400 16
Professional Elective Course (Online courses)
BCV801A Deep Excavation and Tunnels – L&T BCV801C Project management and finance
BCV801B Pre-engineered Buildings BCV801D Metro and Seaports Engineering
8CV801E Advanced RCC Structures BCV801F Advanced Concrete Technology
Open Elective Courses (Online Courses)
BCV802A Energy Conservation in Buildings BCV802C Green Buildings
BCV802B Occupational Health and Safety BCV802D Integrated Building Services
L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical S= SDA: Skill Development Activity, CIE: Continuous Internal Evaluation, SEE: Semester End Evaluation. TD- Teaching Department, PSB:
Paper Setting department, OEC: Open Elective Course, PEC: Professional Elective Course. PROJ: Project work, INT: Industry Internship / Research Internship / Rural
Internship
Note: VII and VIII semesters of IV years of the program
Swapping Facility
 Institutions can swap VII and VIII Semester Scheme of Teaching and Examinations to accommodate research internships/ industry internships/Rural Internship after
the VI semester.

JBOS 10.02.2023 / V5
 22.07.2023

12

 Credits earned for the courses of VII and VIII Semester Scheme of Teaching and Examinations shall be counted against the corresponding semesters whether VII or
VIII semester is completed during the beginning of IV year or later part of IV year of the program.

Elucidation:
At the beginning of IV years of the program i.e., after VI semester, VII semester classwork and VIII semester Research Internship /Industrial Internship / Rural Internship
shall be permitted to be operated simultaneously by the University so that students have ample opportunity for an internship. In other words, a good percentage of the
class shall attend VII semester classwork and a similar percentage of others shall attend to Research Internship or Industrial Internship or Rural Internship.
Research/Industrial /Rural Internship shall be carried out at an Industry, NGO, MSME, Innovation center, Incubation center, Start-up, center of Excellence (CoE), Study
Centre established in the parent institute and /or at reputed research organizations/institutes.
The mandatory Research internship /Industry internship / Rural Internship is for 14 to 20 Weeks. The internship shall be considered as a head of passing and shall be
considered for the award of a Degree. Those, who do not take up/complete the internship shall be declared to fail and shall have to complete it during the subsequent
University examination after satisfying the internship requirements.
Research internship: A research internship is intended to offer the flavor of current research going on in the research field. It helps students get familiarized with the
field and imparts the skill required for carrying out research.
Industry internship: Is an extended period of work experience undertaken by students to supplement their Degree for professional development. It also helps
them learn to overcome unexpected obstacles and successfully navigate organizations, perspectives, and cultures. Dealing with contingencies helps students recognize,
appreciate, and adapt to organizational realities by tempering their knowledge with practical constraints.
Rural Internship: Rural development internship is an initiative of Unnat Bharat Abhiyan Cell, RGIT in association with AICTE to involve students of all departments
studying in different academic years for exploring various opportunities in techno-social fields, to connect and work with Rural India for their upliftment.
The faculty coordinator or mentor has to monitor the student’s internship progress and interact with them to guide for the successful completion of the internship.
The students are permitted to carry out the internship anywhere in India or abroad. University shall not bear any expenses incurred in respect of the internship.

With the consent of the internal guide and Principal of the Institution, students shall be allowed to carry out the internship at their hometown (within or outside the
state or abroad), provided favorable facilities are available for the internship and the student remains regularly in contact with the internal guide. University shall not
bear any cost involved in carrying out the internship by students. However, students can receive any financial assistance extended by the organization.
Professional Elective /Open Elective Course: These are ONLINE courses suggested by the respective Board of Studies. Details of these courses shall be made available for students on the VTU web portal.

Please note: If any clarifications / suggestions please email to [email protected]

JBOS 10.02.2023 / V5
 22.07.2023

STRENGTH OF MATERIALS Semester III

Course Code BCV301 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 3+0+0+0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3 Hrs.
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course Learning objectives: This course will enable students to

 Understand the simple stresses, strains, and compound stresses in various structural
components.
 Understand the bending moments and shear forces in different types of beams under
various loading conditions
 Know the bending stress, shear stress, and torsional stress in beams and shafts with
different cross sections
 Understand the deflection in beams and the stability of columns under different loading
conditions.
 Understand the behaviour and strength of structural elements subjected to compound
stresses and stresses in thin and thick cylinders.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies; which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various
course outcomes.
1. Apart from conventional lecture methods various types of innovative teaching techniques
through videos, animation films may be adopted so that the delivered lesson can progress
the students in theoretical, applied and practical skills.
2. Arrange field visits to give brief information about the water and wastewater treatment plant.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOTS (Higher-order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes
critical thinking and enhance the knowledge of treatment processes.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students, Analytical skills, develop
thinking skills such as the ability to evaluate, generalize, and analyze information rather
than simply recall it.
6. Seminars, surprise tests and Quizzes may be arranged for students in respective subjects to
develop skills

Module-1

1
 22.07.2023

Simple Stresses and Strains: Introduction, Properties of Materials, Stress, Strain, Hooke’s
law, Poisson’s Ratio, Stress – Strain Diagram for structural steel, Principles of superposition,
Total elongation of tapering bars of circular and rectangular cross sections. Composite
section, Volumetric strain, expression for volumetric strain, Elastic constants, relationship
among elastic constants. Thermal stresses and strains, Compound bars subjected to thermal
stresses, state of simple shear. (L1, L2, L3)

Module-2
Bending moment and shear force diagrams in beams: Introduction to types of beams,
supports and loadings. Definition of shear force and bending moment, sign convention,
Relationship between loading, shear force and bending moment, Shear force and bending
moment equations, development of Shear Force Diagram(SFD) and Bending Moment Diagram
(BMD) with salient values for cantilever, simply supported and overhanging beams for point
loads, UDL (Uniformly Distributed Load), UVL (Uniformly Varying Load), Couple and their
combinations
(L1,L2,L3)
Module-3
Bending and Shear Stresses in Beams: Introduction, pure bending theory, Assumptions,
derivation of bending equation, modulus of rupture, section modulus, flexural rigidity.
Expression for transverse shear stress in beams, Bending and shear stress distribution diagrams
for circular, rectangular, ‘I’, and ‘T’ sections.
Torsion in Circular Shaft: Introduction, pure torsion, Assumptions, derivation of torsion
equation for circular shafts, torsional rigidity and polar modulus Power transmitted by a shaft.
(L1, L2, L3)
Module-4
Deflection of Beams: Definition of slope, Deflection and curvature, Sign conventions,
Derivation of moment- curvature equation. Double integration method and Macaulay’s method:
Slope and deflection for standard loading cases and for determinate prismatic beams subjected to
point loads, UDL, UVL and couple.
Columns and Struts: Introduction, short and long columns. Euler’s theory; Assumptions,
Derivation for Euler’s Buckling load for different end conditions, Limitations of Euler’s theory.
Rankine-Gordon’s formula for columns. (L1,L2,L3)
Module-5
Compound Stresses:
Introduction, state of stress at a point, General two dimensional stress system, Principal stresses
and principal planes. Mohr’s circle of stresses
Thin and Thick Cylinders:
Introduction, Thin cylinders subjected to internal pressure; Hoop stresses, Longitudinal stress
and change in volume. Thick cylinders subjected to both internal and external pressure; Lame’s
equation, radial and hoop stress distribution. (L1,L2,L3)

2
 22.07.2023

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1. Evaluate the simple stresses, strains and compound stresses
2. Calculate the Bending moments, shear force and draw BMD, SFD for various types of
beams and loadings
3. Analyse the bending stress, shear stress and torsional stress in beams and shafts with
different cross sections
4. Evaluate the deflection in beams and determine the stability of the columns.
5. Evaluate the behaviour and strength of structural elements under the action of compound
stresses and stresses in thin and thick cylinders.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam
(SEE) is 50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks
out of 50) and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50
marks). The student is declared as a pass in the course if he/she secures a minimum of 40% (40
marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE
(Semester End Examination) taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
 There are 25 marks for the CIE's Assignment component and 25 for the Internal Assessment
Test component.
 Each test shall be conducted for 25 marks. The first test will be administered after 40-50% of
the coverage of the syllabus, and the second test will be administered after 85-90% of the
coverage of the syllabus. The average of the two tests shall be scaled down to 25 marks
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based
then only one assignment for the course shall be planned. The schedule for assignments shall
be planned properly by the course teacher. The teacher should not conduct two assignments at
the end of the semester if two assignments are planned. Each assignment shall be conducted
for 25 marks. (If two assignments are conducted then the sum of the two assignments shall be
scaled down to 25 marks)
 The final CIE marks of the course out of 50 will be the sum of the scale-down marks of tests
and assignment/s marks.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s
taxonomy as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common
question papers for the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with
a maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.

3
 22.07.2023

Suggested Learning Resources:

Text Books
 B.C Punmia Ashok Jain, Arun Jain, “Strength of Materials”, Laxmi - 2018-22
Publications, 10th Edition-2018
 R K Bansal, “A Textbook of Strength of Materials”, 4th Edition, Laxmi Publications,
2010
 S.S. Rattan “Strength of Materials” McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2nd Edition
(Sixth reprint 2013).
 Vazirani, V N, Ratwani M M. and S K Duggal "Analysis of Structures Vol. I", 17th
Edition, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.
 R.K. Rajput, “Strength of materials” S. Chand Publishing (6th Edition)
 S S Bhavikatti, “Strength of Materials” Vikas Publishing (5th Edition)
 B.S. Basavarajaiah, P. Mahadevappa “Strength of Materials” in SI Units, University Press
(India) Pvt. Ltd., 3rd Edition,2010

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1.Strength of Materials web course by IIT Roorkee https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107146/
2.Strength of Materials video course by IIT Kharagpur https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105105108/
3.Strength of Materials video course by IIT Roorkee https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107147/18
4.All contents organized http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/strengthof-materials-prof.html
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Quiz (To assist in GATE Preparations)
 Demonstrations in Lab
 Virtual Lab Experiments

CO & PSO - PO Mapping (Individual Teacher has to fill)

Mapping of Course Outcomes and Program specific outcomes to Program Outcomes
Program Specific
Program outcomes
Course Outcomes
outcomes PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5
Total
Average
Level 0: Not Mapped, 1: Low Mapped, 2: Moderately Mapped 3: Highly Mapped

Note: Depending on the Assessment tool used, higher order POs Can be identified by the
concerned course instructor.

4
 22.07.2023

Engineering Survey Semester 3

Course Code BCV302 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 hours Theory + 8-10 Total Marks 100
Lab slots
Credits 04 Exam Hours 3
Examination nature (SEE) Theory
Course Learning objectives: This course will enable students to
 Ability to understand principles of both traditional and modern surveying applying
knowledge of mathematics.
 Ability to handle surveying equipment’s and software tools to carry out field surveying,
plot topographical Drawings and construction drawing
 Ability to use Total station for data capture, data storage, data transfer.
 Ability to prepare construction drawing and setting out

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies; which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various
course outcomes.

1. Apart from conventional lecture methods various types of innovative teaching techniques
through videos, animation films may be adopted so that the delivered lesson can progress
the students in theoretical, applied and practical skills.
2. Arrange field visits to give brief information about the water and wastewater treatment plant.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOTS (Higher-order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes
critical thinkingand enhance the knowledge of treatment processes.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students, Analytical skills, develop
thinking skills suchas the ability to evaluate, generalize, and analyze information rather
than simply recall it.
6. Seminars, surprise tests and Quizzes may be arranged for students in respective subjects to
develop skills.

MODULE-1
Engineering surveying – Definition & importance of surveying for Civil Engineers. Surveying
types- Control survey, Topographical surveying, Construction Survey, Cadastral survey,
Hydrographic survey and Underground Survey. Surveying through the ages- Chain surveying,
Compass surveying and Plane Table Surveying (concepts and limitations only).
Measurement of Distance- Various types of tapes, Laser distance meter, Distance measuring wheel,
Electronic Distance measurement, GPS. L1,L2,L3

1
 22.07.2023

MODULE-2
Vertical Control- Concepts of various types of Datum – Mean Sea level, Bench marks –
Temporary and Permanent.
Levelling- Terms used in levelling, Setting up of Dumpy level. Differential levelling by plane of
collimation method using Dumpy level.
Theodolite Surveying – Terms used in Theodolite surveying. Setting up a Theodolite. Measurement
of horizontal and vertical angles with Theodolite.
Total Station Surveying – Features, parts, accessories and advantages of Total Station. Surveying
with total station – Measurement of Horizontal angle, vertical angle, distance, slope, vertical
distance, multiple angles with Total station. Using Total station for Area measurement and Volume
calculation. L1,L2,L3
MODULE-3
Contours - Definition, terms used, characteristics of contours and applications of contours in civil
engineering practice. Contouring using level, theodolite and total station. Plotting of contours in CAD.
Longitudinal and cross sectioning – Definition, importance of L/S & C/S. L/S & C/S using level,
theodolite and Total station. Plotting of L/S & C/S in CAD.
Coordinate survey with Total station - Measurement of coordinates using total station. Creating
Job files, importance of back sight data, coordinate data recording. Data transferring, data refinement
and plotting in CAD. L1,L2,L3
MODULE-4
Curves –Types of Curves- Application of curves in civil engineering. Setting out of Horizontal
curve by Theodolite (Rankine’s method) and using Total Station. Components of Compound,
Reverse curve. Transition Curve and Combined curve. Various types of vertical curves and its
applications.
Areas and Volumes- Methods of determining areas by trapezoidal and Simpsons’ rule.
Measurement of volume by prismoidal and trapezoidal formula. Earthwork volume calculations
from spot levels and from contour maps; Earthwork calculation in Embankments.
Construction Surveying - Setting out works using Total Station, Setting out buildings by Centre
line method. L1, L2, L3, L4
MODULE-5
GPS Surveying – Introduction. Overview of GPS system- space, control and user segments.
Reference co- ordinate systems. Absolute and Differential positioning with GPS. Gagan system in
India. Types of GPS Receivers. Engineering survey using Differential GPS.
Surveying with Drone – Introduction, applications and advantages. Features of photogrammetric
mapping method. Drone surveying requirements- Drone platform, Flight planning software, Sensor
DGPS equipment and Image processing software. Types of drones and sensors. Process of drone
surveying – flight planning, DGPS markers, capturing images, post processing of images using
photogrammetry software and output maps.
Application and uses of Remote sensing and GIS in engineering surveying. L1, L2, L3, L4

2
 22.07.2023

PRACTICAL COMPONENT OF IPCC

Sl.NO Experiments
1 Use of Various types of tapes, Laser distance meter, Distance measuring wheel.
2 Differential levelling by Dumpy level by plane of collimation method
3 Measurement of horizontal and vertical angles by Theodolite. Method of repetition
4 Setting out simple curve using Rankine’s method using Theodolite
5 Setting out central line of a small residential building.
6 Setting up of Total station. Features and components of Total station

7 Measurement of Distance, slope, vertical distance, horizontal and vertical angles using Total
station
8 Coordinate measurement with Total station
9 Longitudinal sectioning and cross sectioning using Total station
10 Contouring and plotting with Total station
11 Demonstration of Equipment’s used for chain, compass and plane table surveying
Visit to railway station/ large construction site to understand the importance of datum and
12
benchmark.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set):

At the end of the course, the student will be able to:

 Summarize various types of surveying and carry out distance measurement using various
equipment’s
 Illustrate the use and applications of levelling and theodolite
 Plot contours, longitudinal and cross sections for construction projects.
 Set curves for construction works and carry out estimation of areas and volumes.
 Demonstrate the necessary skills to carry out GPS and DRONE Surveying
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A
student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to
each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total
of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.
CIE for the theory component of the IPCC (maximum marks 50)
 IPCC means practical portion integrated with the theory of the course.
 CIE marks for the theory component are 25 marks and that for the practical component is
25 marks.
 25 marks for the theory component are split into 15 marks for two Internal Assessment Tests
(Two Tests, each of 15 Marks with 01-hour duration, are to be conducted) and 10 marks for other
assessment methods mentioned in 22OB4.2. The first test at the end of 40-50% coverage of the
syllabus and the second test after covering 85-90% of the syllabus.

3
 22.07.2023

 Scaled-down marks of the sum of two tests and other assessment methods will be CIE marks for the
theory component of IPCC (that is for 25 marks).
 The student has to secure 40% of 25 marks to qualify in the CIE of the theory component of IPCC.
CIE for the practical component of the IPCC

 15 marks for the conduction of the experiment and preparation of laboratory record, and 10 marks
for the test to be conducted after the completion of all the laboratory sessions.
 On completion of every experiment/program in the laboratory, the students shall be evaluated
including viva-voce and marks shall be awarded on the same day.
 The CIE marks awarded in the case of the Practical component shall be based on the continuous
evaluation of the laboratory report. Each experiment report can be evaluated for 10 marks. Marks of
all experiments’ write-ups are added and scaled down to 15 marks.
 The laboratory test (duration 02/03 hours) after completion of all the experiments shall be
conducted for 50 marks and scaled down to 10 marks.
 Scaled-down marks of write-up evaluations and tests added will be CIE marks for the laboratory
component of IPCC for 25 marks.
 The student has to secure 40% of 25 marks to qualify in the CIE of the practical component of the IPCC.
SEE for IPCC
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the course (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored by the student shall be proportionally scaled down to 50 Marks
The theory portion of the IPCC shall be for both CIE and SEE, whereas the practical portion will have
a CIE component only. Questions mentioned in the SEE paper may include questions from the
practical component.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Punmia BC, & Jain Ashok Kumar. (2016). Surveying (17th ed., Vol. 1). Laxmi Publications.
2. Dr. K.R. Arora. (2019). Surveying (17th ed., Vol. 1). Standard Book House.
3. Charles D. Ghilani. (2012) (13th ed.). Prentice Hall
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. https://enterprise.dji.com/surveying/land-surveying
2. https://www.gps.gov/applications/survey/
3. https://www.constructionplacements.com/total-station-in-surveying-types-uses-and-
applications/
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bbs5AEPstl4
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KHI4TEeexuM&list=PLLy_2iUCG87DwNVc3Mz1yYlRA42jSQ1t
B&index=28
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Iu9vrE48_I4&list=PLLy_2iUCG87DwNVc3Mz1yYlRA42jSQ1tB
&index=30
7. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RXUi2cX4CkU
8. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SVa66vO08So
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
1. Hand on use of various surveying instruments
2. Surveying Civil engineering block and plotting with instruments of student’s choice
3. Setting out a single bedroom house plan in field

4
 22.07.2023

CO & PSO - PO Mapping (Individual Teacher has to fill)

Mapping of Course Outcomes and Program specific outcomes to Program Outcomes
Program Specific
Program outcomes
Course Outcomes
outcomes PO PO P P P P P P P PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
1 2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5
Total
Average
Level 0: Not Mapped, 1: Low Mapped, 2: Moderately Mapped 3: Highly Mapped

Note: Depending on the Assessment tool used, higher order POs Can be identified by the concerned
course instructor.

5
 22.07.2023

ENGINEERING GEOLOGY Semester 3

Course Code BCV303 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 hours Theory + 8-10 Lab slots Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours
Examination nature (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
1. To inculcate the importance of earth's interior and application of Geology in civil engineering in Geo
Hazard mitigation and management
2. To create awareness among Civil engineers regarding the resources of earth
3. To provide knowledge on dynamic Geology and its importance in modifying the physical character of
rocks which cause rocks suitable or unsuitable in different civil engineering projects such as Dams,
bridges, tunnels and highways.
4. To educate the ground water management regarding diversified geological formations, . To highlight the
concept of rain water harvesting.
5. To understand the application of Remote Sensing and GIS, Natural disaster and management and
environmental awareness. To understand the subsurface using geospatial data
6. To provide decision support on the nature of the basic raw materials used in construction. To provide
decision support on Lithological characters and subsurface conditions
7. To describe various geological maps and interpretation of geological data for mining and subsurface
investigations.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies; that teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Chalk and Talk method.
 Show Video/animation films to explain earth dyanamics and influence of geology in prime civil
constructions
 Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class
 Ask at least three HOTS (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes critical thinking.
 Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop thinking process
such as the ability to evaluate, generalize, and analyse information rather than simply recall it.
 Topics will be introduced in a multiple representation.
 Show the different ways to solve the same problem and encourage the students to come up with their own
creative ways to solve them.
 Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it helps improve
the students' understanding.

MODULE-1 7 hrs
Introduction, the scope of earth science in Engineering.
Earth’s internal structure and composition, internal dynamics and Plate tectonics, Earthquakes
- types, causes, so-seismic lines, seismic zonation, seismic proof structures. Volcanic eruption -
types, causes. Landslides-causes types, preventive measures; Tsunami – causes, consequences,
mitigation. Cyclones - causes and management.

MODULE-2 5 hrs
Earth Materials in Construction
Minerals -Industrial, rock-forming and ore minerals. Physical properties, composition.
Rocks Types, structure/Texture, mineral composition occurrence, properties.
Decorative (facing/polishing), railway ballast, rocks for masonry work,
monumental/architecture, Dressing of stones, Requirement of good building stones.
MODULE-3 7hrs

1
 22.07.2023

Earth Surface process and Resources

Weathering, type, causes, soil insitu, drifted soil, soil profile, soil mineralogy, structure, types of
soil, Black cotton soil v/s Lateritic soil; effects of weathering on monumental rocks. Soil
Horizon, Soil Classification by Grain Size.

MODULE-4 7 hrs
Surface and sub investigation for deep foundation
Dip and strike, and outcrop problems(numerical problem geometrical/ simple trigonometry
based), Borehole data(and problems), Faults, folds, unconformity, joints, types, recognition and
their significance in Civil engineering projects like tunnel project, dam project, Reservoir site,.

MODULE-5 5 hrs
Modern Tools and geophysical methods
Rocks as aquifers, water-bearing properties igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks ,
coefficient of permeability, factors affecting permeability, Electrical Resistivity meter, depth of
water table, (numerical problems), seismic studies.
PRACTICAL COMPONENT OF IPCC (May cover all / major modules)
Sl.NO Experiments 8 hrs
1 Identification of common minerals based on Physical Properties

2 Identification of rocks used in building construction based on Physical properties

3 Solving Geological maps for suitability for aqua duct

4 Geological maps with inclined beds, suitability for tunnels/ Dams

5 Geological maps with folds, in tunnels/ Dams

6 Geological maps with unconformity , in tunnel/dam project

7 Geological maps with faults in Dams/tunnels project

8 One Day Nearest Field Visit Investigation.

Course outcomes (Course Skill Set):

At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Apply geological knowledge in different civil engineering practice.
 Acquire knowledge on durability and competence of foundation rocks, and will be able to use
the best building materials.
 Students will become competent enough for the safety, stability, economy and life of the
structures that they construct
 Able to solve various issues related to ground water exploration, build up dams, bridges,
tunnels which are often confronted with ground water problems
 Students will become Intelligent enough to apply GIS, GPS and remote sensing as a latest tool
in different civil engineering for safe and solid construction.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%.The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for

2
 22.07.2023

the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be
deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/
course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

CIE for the theory component of the IPCC (maximum marks 50)
 IPCC means practical portion integrated with the theory of the course.
 CIE marks for the theory component are 25 marks and that for the practical component is 25 marks.
 25 marks for the theory component are split into 15 marks for two Internal Assessment Tests (Two
Tests, each of 15 Marks with 01-hour duration, are to be conducted) and 10 marks for other
assessment methods mentioned in 22OB4.2. The first test at the end of 40-50% coverage of the
syllabus and the second test after covering 85-90% of the syllabus.
 Scaled-down marks of the sum of two tests and other assessment methods will be CIE marks for the
theory component of IPCC (that is for 25 marks).
 The student has to secure 40% of 25 marks to qualify in the CIE of the theory component of IPCC.
CIE for the practical component of the IPCC

 15 marks for the conduction of the experiment and preparation of laboratory record, and 10 marks
for the test to be conducted after the completion of all the laboratory sessions.
 On completion of every experiment/program in the laboratory, the students shall be evaluated
including viva-voce and marks shall be awarded on the same day.
 The CIE marks awarded in the case of the Practical component shall be based on the continuous
evaluation of the laboratory report. Each experiment report can be evaluated for 10 marks. Marks of
all experiments’ write-ups are added and scaled down to 15 marks.
 The laboratory test (duration 02/03 hours) after completion of all the experiments shall be
conducted for 50 marks and scaled down to 10 marks.
 Scaled-down marks of write-up evaluations and tests added will be CIE marks for the laboratory
component of IPCC for 25 marks.
 The student has to secure 40% of 25 marks to qualify in the CIE of the practical component of the
IPCC.
SEE for IPCC
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the course (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored by the student shall be proportionally scaled down to 50 Marks
The theory portion of the IPCC shall be for both CIE and SEE, whereas the practical portion will
have a CIE component only. Questions mentioned in the SEE paper may include questions from the
practical component.

Note: Subject to be taught by Geologist with qualification M. Sc Geology/MPhil/ Ph. D in

Geology

3
 22.07.2023

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Engineering Geology, by Parthasarathy et al, Wiley publications
2. A textbook of Engineering Geology by ChennaKesavulu, Mac Millan India Ltd
3. Principle of Engineering Geology, by K.M. Bangar, Standard publishers
4. Physical and Engineering Geology, by S.K. Garg, Khanna publishers
5. Principles of Engineering Geology, by KVGK Gokhale, BS Publications

Reference Books
1. Introduction to Environmental Geology by Edward A Keller, Pearson publications.
2. Engineering Geology and Rock Mechanics B. P. Verma, Khanna publishers
3. Principles of Engineering Geology and Geotechnics, Krynine and Judd, CBS Publications

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aTVDiRtRook&list=PLDF5162B475DD915F
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EBiLLJAxBuU&index=2&list=PLDF5162B475DD915F
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sTY-ao4RZck&list=PLDF5162B475DD915F&index=3
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses
 https://youtu.be/fvoYHzAhvVM
 https://youtu.be/aTVDiRtRook
 https://serc.carleton.edu/NAGTWorkshops/hazards/events/12262004.html?serc_source=
recommendation
 https://serc.carleton.edu/NAGTWorkshops/visualization/examples/CBezanson.html?sercsource=recom
mendation
 https://serc.carleton.edu/NAGTWorkshops/coursedesign/goalsdb/14712.html
 https://www.earthsciweek.org/classroom-activities
 NPTEL materials

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Field Visits
 Quiz/Assignments/Open book test to develop skills
 Encourage collaborative learning in the class
 Demonstration of Geological models and animations
 Hands on experiments with Rock and Minerals

4
 22.07.2023

WATER SUPPLY AND WASTEWATER ENGINEERING Semester III

Course Code BCV304 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 3+0+0+0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course Learning objectives: This Course will enable the students to
1.Analyze the variation of water demand and to estimate water requirement for a community.
2. Study drinking water quality standards and to illustrate qualitative analysis of water.
3. Analysis of physical and chemical characteristics of water and wastewater.
4.Understand and design of different unit operations and unit process involved in water and
wastewater treatment process
5. Design various oxidation processes.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies; which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various
course outcomes.
1. Apart from conventional lecture methods various types of innovative teaching techniques
through videos, animation films may be adopted so that the delivered lesson can progress
the students in theoretical, applied and practical skills.
2. Arrange field visits to give brief information about the water and wastewater treatment
plant.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOTS (Higher-order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes
critical thinking and enhance the knowledge of treatment processes.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students, Analytical skills, develop
thinking skills such as the ability to evaluate, generalize, and analyze information rather
than simply recall it.
6. Seminars, surprise tests and Quizzes may be arranged for students in respective subjects to
develop skills
Module-1
Introduction: Water: Need for protected water supply, Demand of Water: Types of water
demands - domestic demand, industrial, institutional and commercial demand, public use and
fire demand estimation, factors affecting per capita demand, Variations in demand of water,
Peak factor.
Design period and factors governing design period. Methods of population forecasting and
numerical problems. Physico chemical characteristics of water Sampling. L1, L2, L3
Module-2
Water Treatment: Objectives, Unit flow diagrams – Significance of each unit, Aeration
process Limitations and types.
Sedimentation - Theory, settling tanks, types and design with numerical, Coagulation and
flocculation, types of coagulants.
Filtration: Mechanism, theory of filtration, types of filters: slow sand, rapid sand and pressure
filters. Operation and cleaning. Design of slow and rapid sand filter without under drainage
system, Numerical. L1, L2,
Module-3

1
 22.07.2023

Disinfection: Methods of disinfection with merits and demerits. Breakpoint chlorination,

Softening: Lime soda and Zeolite process.
Wastewater: Introduction: Need for sanitation, methods of sewage disposal, types of sewerage
systems, Treatment of municipal waste water: Waste water characteristics sampling,
significance and techniques, physical, chemical and biological characteristics, Numerical on
BOD.
L1 , L2
Module-4
Treatment Process: flow diagram for municipal waste water Treatment unit operations and
process Screens: types, disposal. Grit chamber, oil and grease removal. Primary and secondary
settling tanks, Suspended growth system - conventional activated sludge process and its
modifications, numerical.
L1,L2 ,L3
Module-5
Attached growth system – Trickling filter, numerical on Trickling filters, bio-towers and
rotating biological contactors. Principle of stabilization ponds, oxidation ditch. Sludge digesters
(aerobic and anaerobic), Equalization. Thickeners and drying beds.
L1, L2, L3
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1. Estimate the average and peak water demand for a community.
2. Evaluate water quality and environmental significance of various parameters and plan
suitable treatment system.
3. Design the different units of water treatment plant.
4. Design the various units of wastewater treatment plant.
5. Design of various AOPs and low cost treatment units.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam
(SEE) is 50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks
out of 50) and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50
marks). The student is declared as a pass in the course if he/she secures a minimum of 40% (40
marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE
(Semester End Examination) taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
 There are 25 marks for the CIE's Assignment component and 25 for the Internal Assessment
Test component.
 Each test shall be conducted for 25 marks. The first test will be administered after 40-50% of
the coverage of the syllabus, and the second test will be administered after 85-90% of the
coverage of the syllabus. The average of the two tests shall be scaled down to 25 marks
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based
then only one assignment for the course shall be planned. The schedule for assignments
shall be planned properly by the course teacher. The teacher should not conduct two
assignments at the end of the semester if two assignments are planned. Each assignment

2
 22.07.2023

shall be conducted for 25 marks. (If two assignments are conducted then the sum of the two
assignments shall be scaled down to 25 marks)
 The final CIE marks of the course out of 50 will be the sum of the scale-down marks of tests
and assignment/s marks.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of
Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common
question papers for the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module
(with a maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Text books

 Howard S. Peavy, Donald R. Rowe, George T, “Environmental Engineering” - Tata McGraw

Hill, New York, Indian Edition, 2013
 S. K. Garg, Environmental Engineering Volume-I, Water supply Engineering – M/s Khanna
Publishers, New Delhi2010
 B.C. Punmia and Ashok Jain, Environmental Engineering I-Water Supply Engineering,
Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd., New Delhi2010.
 B C Punmia, “Environmental Engineering volume-II”, Laxmi Publications 2nd, 2016
 Karia G.L., and Christian R.A, “Wastewater Treatment Concepts and Design Approach”,
Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi. 3rd, Edition, 2017
 S.K.Garg, “Environmental Engineering vol-II, Water supply Engineering”, Khanna
Publishers, – New Delhi, 28th edition and 2017
 CPHEEO Manual on water supply and treatment engineering, Ministry of Urban
Development, Government of India, New Delhi.
 Mark.J Hammer, Water & Waste Water Technology, John Wiley & Sons Inc., New
York,2008
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
Lecture 01: Background and Course Introduction https://youtu.be/yDnrv-oGSBc
Lecture 02: Water Sources and Availability https://youtu.be/K4Vty0cmybI
Lecture 03: Water Uses https://youtu.be/9H7dPkWOsjA
Lecture 04: Water Supply Key Issues and Concerns https://youtu.be/JueYGPbsflw
Lecture 05: Urban water services and water supply systems https://youtu.be/bCKm9KkcQtw
Lecture 06: Urban water services and water supply systems https://youtu.be/s0hy0ZlM1bA
Lecture 07: Components of Water Demand https://youtu.be/mVmErXpIp64
Lecture 08: Fluctuations in Water Demand https://youtu.be/qXUwy5OnX9Q
Lecture 09: "Concept of Design Period and Design Population Need to Forecast Population Population Forecasting
Methods https://youtu.be/QyLdA_qhUog Lecture 10: Demand Forecasting and Design Capacities
https://youtu.be/rKTwjvx7E8A
Lecture 11: Water Sources and Collection of Water https://youtu.be/TvEGgZw1El4
Lecture 12: Surface Water Intakes https://youtu.be/GcQOyAdG5OM
Lecture 13: Surface Water Intakes Systems https://youtu.be/r1oJtm_SXz4
Lecture 14: Groundwater Intake https://youtu.be/Zo1p7uRDEmM
Lecture 15: Well Interferences, Well losses and Efficiency https://youtu.be/dRU5M_WICU0 Lecture 16: Raw water
Conveyance and Pumping https://youtu.be/iQwEoEhujTc
Lecture 17: Practice Problems https://youtu.be/e5bduQiz5NY Lecture 18 : Raw Water Storage
https://youtu.be/WZlI7kWoUjE
Lecture 19 : Treated Water Storage https://youtu.be/BuZ48afjd04
Lecture 20 : Placement, Design and Construction of Storage Reservoirs https://youtu.be/nQCZbXaBb1o
Lecture 21 : Practice Problems on Reservoir Capacity Estimation https://youtu.be/6VuHxD3t9kw

3
 22.07.2023

Lecture 24 : Philosophy of Water Treatment https://youtu.be/6I-eBqE7Hew

Lecture 25 : Water Treatment Units Screening and Aeration
https://youtu.be/QsWp_HIZqPs
Lecture 26 : Water Treatment Units Sedimentation https://youtu.be/T1M4Ecjwq7Q
Lecture 27 : Practice Problems On Sedimentation https://youtu.be/Zlh2mpOjIMU
Lecture 28: Coagulation and Flocculation: Theory https://youtu.be/aAo2bBaF0yU
Lecture 29: Coagulation and Flocculation: Selection and Application https://youtu.be/44p0lN31ogo
Lecture 30: Coagulation and Flocculation: Design Operation and Process Control https://youtu.be/v0TDfCz_jLU
Lecture 31: Filtration Theory and Slow Sand Filters https://youtu.be/nuJQe9F_2zI
Lecture 32: Rapid Sand Filter: Filter Media and Components https://youtu.be/3qw3sKcuQlY
Lecture 33: Rapid Sand Filters and Pressure Filters https://youtu.be/PEX_0DebrSQ
Lecture 34: Practice Problems Coagulation Flocculation and Filtration https://youtu.be/73jxsBCDuq4
Lecture 35: Disinfection Basic https://youtu.be/d4UG9Xivuik
Lecture 36: Chlorination https://youtu.be/L3eSkeOU3jY
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
http://nptel.ac.in
 https://swayam.gov.in
 https://www.vlab.co.in/participating-institute-amrita-vishwa-vidyapeetham

CO & PSO - PO Mapping (Individual Teacher has to fill)

Mapping of Course Outcomes and Program specific outcomes to Program Outcomes
Program Specific
Program outcomes
Course Outcomes
outcomes PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5
Total
Average
Level 0: Not Mapped, 1: Low Mapped, 2: Moderately Mapped 3: Highly Mapped

Note: Depending on the Assessment tool used, higher order POs Can be identified by the
concerned course instructor.

4
 22.07.2023

COMPUTER AIDED BUILDING PLANNING AND DRAWING Semester 3

Course Code BCV305 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Credits 01 Exam Hours 100
Examination type (SEE) practical
Course objectives:
 Gain skill set to prepare Computer Aided Engineering Drawings using a software
 Understanding the details of construction of different building elements
 Visualize the completed form of the building and the intricacies of construction based on the
engineering drawings
 Get familiarization of practices used in Industry.
Sl.NO Experiments
Drawing Basics: Selection of scales for various drawings, thickness of lines, dimensioning,
1
abbreviations and conventional representations as per IS:962.
Drawing Tools: Lines Circle, Arc, Poly line, Multiline, Polygon, Rectangle, Spline, Ellipse,
2 Modify tools: Erase, Copy, Mirror, Offset, Array, Move, Rotate, Scale, Stretch, Lengthen,
Trim, Extend, Break, Chamfer and Fillet,
3 Using Text: Single line text, Multiline text, Spelling, Edit text
Special Features: View tools, Layers concept, Dimension tools, Hatching, Customizing
4
Toolbars, Working with multiple drawings.
Drawings of Different Building Elements: Refer NBC before practice
a> Footing/ Foundation – Foundation dimension for Isolated, combined footing, Standard
dimension and cross section of footing
5
b> Size stone Masonry – Size of single and double bond stone, Sections at wall foundation
c> Brick Masonry – Size of standard Burnt Brick, Solid Cement Block, Hollow Cement
block, Other bricks used in current practice
Principles of planning, Planning regulations and building bye-laws, factors affecting site
6 selection, Functional planning of residential and public buildings, design aspects for different
public buildings. Recommendations of NBC.
Draw a building plan for single and double bed room accommodation for a given site
7
dimension. Students have to go through Building Bye Laws and regulations
Prepare the centre line drawing for marking the single and double bedroom house as in in
8
exercise 6
Prepare a complete sanction plan for the exercise 6 as per the bye law. Also study the
9
requirements to plan Residential Building, School building, Hospital Building, Offices
10 Drawing of plan with electrical, plumbing and sanitary services using CAD software

11 Drawing standard sections for Lintel and chajja, RCC Slabs, Columns and beams.

12 Drawing different types of staircases – Dog legged, Open well – plan and section

1
 22.07.2023

Course outcomes (Course Skill Set):

At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Prepare, read and interpret the drawingsin a professional set up.
 Know the procedures of submission of drawings and Develop working and submission
drawings for building.
 Plan of residential or public building as per the given requirements..
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the
SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be
deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/
course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together

Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

CIE marks for the practical course are 50 Marks.
The split-up of CIE marks for record/ journal and test are in the ratio 60:40.
 Each experiment is to be evaluated for conduction with an observation sheet and record
write-up. Rubrics for the evaluation of the journal/write-up for hardware/software
experiments are designed by the faculty who is handling the laboratory session and are
made known to students at the beginning of the practical session.
 Record should contain all the specified experiments in the syllabus and each experiment
write-up will be evaluated for 10 marks.
 Total marks scored by the students are scaled down to 30 marks (60% of maximum
marks).
 Weightage to be given for neatness and submission of record/write-up on time.
 Department shall conduct a test of 100 marks after the completion of all the experiments
listed in the syllabus.
 In a test, test write-up, conduction of experiment, acceptable result, and procedural
knowledge will carry a weightage of 60% and the rest 40% for viva-voce.
 The suitable rubrics can be designed to evaluate each student’s performance and learning
ability.
 The marks scored shall be scaled down to 20 marks (40% of the maximum marks).
The Sum of scaled-down marks scored in the report write-up/journal and marks of a test is the
total CIE marks scored by the student.
Semester End Evaluation (SEE):
 SEE marks for the practical course are 50 Marks.
 SEE shall be conducted jointly by the two examiners of the same institute, examiners are
appointed by the Head of the Institute.
 The examination schedule and names of examiners are informed to the university before
the conduction of the examination. These practical examinations are to be conducted

2
 22.07.2023

between the schedule mentioned in the academic calendar of the University.

 All laboratory experiments are to be included for practical examination.
 (Rubrics) Breakup of marks and the instructions printed on the cover page of the answer
script to be strictly adhered to by the examiners. OR based on the course requirement
evaluation rubrics shall be decided jointly by examiners.
 Students can pick one question (experiment) from the questions lot prepared by the
examiners jointly.
 Evaluation of test write-up/ conduction procedure and result/viva will be conducted
jointly by examiners.
 General rubrics suggested for SEE are mentioned here, writeup-20%, Conduction procedure
and result in -60%, Viva-voce 20% of maximum marks. SEE for practical shall be evaluated
for 100 marks and scored marks shall be scaled down to 50 marks (however, based on
course type, rubrics shall be decided by the examiners)
 Change of experiment is allowed only once and 15% of Marks allotted to the procedure part
are to be made zero.
The minimum duration of SEE is 02 hours
Suggested Learning Resources:

 MG Shah, CM Kale, SY Patki, “Building drawing with an integrated approach to Built

Environment Drawing”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing co. Ltd, New Delhi.
 Gurucharan Singh, “Building Construction”, Standard Publishers, & distributors, New Delhi.
 Malik RS and a Meo GS, “Civil Engineering Drawing”, Asian Publishers/Computech
Publication Pvt Ltd

3
 1 22.07.2023

Rural, Urban Planning and Architecture Semester 3

Course Code BCV306A CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 3:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 To make the student understand about the past and present architecture of different parts
of the world
 Rural and urban planning and growth and circulation of patterns and effect of increase in
urbanization
 The basic planning required for urban and rural centres with respect to physical and social
aspects
 Student s to visit the different place of architecture monuments to understand the concept
 To understand different types of architecture and planning

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. The architecture of India has to be understood and few exercises must be given.
2. Student has to visit different cities to understand architecture and planning concepts
3. Online courses to understand the basics
4. YouTube videos
5. Power point presentations

Module-1
Introduction: Aim and importance of Architecture, Architecture as a fine art. Role of an architect and an
engineer.
Essential principles and qualities of architecture with examples
Factors of architecture: Mass, Form, Colour, Solids, and Voids, Uniformity, Balance and Symmetry, Painting
with examples.
Module-2
Architectural influence of the following: Association, Tradition, Climate, Materials, Topography, Religion
social customs and aspiration of time.
Architectural characteristics of the following architecture with examples. 1. Egyptian, 2. Greek, 3. Roman, 4.
Buddhist, 5. Hindu, 6. Jain, 7. Chalukyan, 8. Modern architecture
Factors that have influence present day Modern Architecture, Aesthetic difference between the past and
present Architecture.
Students are advised for a technical tour related Architecture and town planning to gain additional
knowledge in this subject
Module-3
Human settlements, Rural and urban pattern of growth, Factors that promote growth and
development of Rural and urban areas
Ancient Town Planning in India: Principles of town planning and circulation pattern with
examples

Module-4
Industrialisation: Impact on town planning, Urbanisation causes, its effect on town and cities,
remedial measures both in urban and rural planning
Circulation pattern in cities: Urban roads and streets, their fuctional classification, traffic survey data
and its use in town planning
Module-5
1
 2 22.07.2023

Contemporary objectives and methods of planning of town: Development plans for cities, objectives and
stages involved in their preparation and implementation, space standards for planning.

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. Understand importance of architecture in rural and urban planning
2. Understand Influence of architecture
3. Design infrastructure for rural and urban region
4. Plan and design rural and urban roads

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A
student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted
to each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum
total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment
Test component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the
second test will be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then
only one assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two
assignments at the end of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. History of Architecture – Fletcher
2. Urban pattern – Galliaon
3. Indian architecture – Vol. I & II – Perey Brown
4. Principle of town and country planning – Lewis Keeble
5. Urbanization and Urban Syatems in India, Ramachandran R, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
6. Town planning – Rangwala, Charothar Publication

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

2
 3 22.07.2023

 .

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning



3
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

Geospatial Techniques in Practice Semester 3

Course Code BCV306B CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 Introduce the concept of various geospatial technologies used in the industry
 Help to acquire basic idea about the processing and mapping with modern surveying
equipment.
 Elaborate proven concepts, business practices and applications of geospatial technology.
 Explain learners understand how geospatial concepts are leveraged in handling real world
business challenges of engineering and construction industry.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. The online courses available should be shared with students
2. YouTube videos
3. Power point presentations
4. Visit to Survey of India office to collect more information
Module-1
Need of Geospatial technology in Industry: Geospatial in Day to Day Life, Spatial thinking,
Evolution of location technology and importance of geography and maps. Need for spatial
information, Terminologies, logic, language and formats of spatial technology. Location
perspective of construction industry, Overview of Geospatial technology in tenders, Design
and execution and Construction lifecycle management. Fundamentals and components of
Geospatial Engineering, Surveying and Conventional survey equipment Vs Modern surveying
equipment Components. Digital Land Surveying Needs.
Module-2
Total Station and Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS): Basics of Surveying,
Introduction to Survey and Mapping, Geospatial Surveying Equipment, Demo of Total Station
Equipment, Setting out and mapping, Advanced geospatial solutions, GNSS Overview of
components, working and signal structure of Global navigation System.
Module-3
Geospatial Engineering and technology: Remote Sensing Technologies, Types of remote
sensing, Sensors and its types, Application of sensors & platforms, Image Acquisition,
Applications of Remote Sensing. 3D scanning, Principles and the science behind
photogrammetry, LiDAR, RADAR and SONAR. Introduction to Platforms and working.
Module-4
Geographical Information System: Basics of GIS, Vector & Raster data models, Types and
components of a Map. Hardware for GIS, DEM and TIN Data products, Attribute Data Types.
Basic GIS data conversions, conversions from non-spatial formats to spatial formats. Demo of
Conversion of Excel to GIS, Demo of Conversion of CAD TO GIS, Demo of Downloading and
Geo-referencing Topo sheets and Raster files.

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

Module-5
Applications and Future trends of Geospatial Technologies: Application of GIS - Spatial
Analysis, Catchment Area delineation, Overlay Analysis, Cluster Analysis, Hotspot Analysis
and View shed Analysis. Future Trends of Geospatial Technologies. Case Study 1 -Benefit
Realization - Case Study 2 Advancements in Modern Survey & Mapping Technologies,
Advancements in Spatial Analytics – Geo Intelligence, Future Trends, Geospatial Technology -
Way Forward.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. Comprehend different geospatial techniques in the Construction Industry.
2. Understand the application of geospatial equipment like Total Station, GNSS, LIDAR,
UAV (Drones), etc.,
3. Evaluate the various spatial analysis operations by using GIS Environment
4. Create a map layout with all essential cartographic elements in GIS Environment.
5. Illustrate the various geospatial emerging trends of GIS in Industry.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A
student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted
to each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum
total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment
Test component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the
second test will be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then
only one assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two
assignments at the end of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
 T. P. Kanetkar and S. V. Kulkarni, Surveying and Levelling, Parts 1 & 2, Pune Vidyarthi
Griha Prakashan, Pune, 2010, 24th edition.

2
 Annexure-II 3 22.07.2023

 James M. Anderson and Edward M. Mikhail, Surveying, Theory and Practice, Seventh
Edition, McGraw Hill 2001
 Satheesh Gopi, R. Sathikumar, N. Madhu, ― Advanced Surveying, Total Station GPS
and Remote Sensing ― Pearson education, 2nd Edition,2017.
 George Joseph and C. Jeganathan, Fundamentals of Remote Sensing, Third Edition
Universities Press (India) Private limited, Hyderabad, 2018
 M. Anij Reddy. Textbook of Remote Sensing and Geographical Information systems. BS
Publications, 2012.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
E-learning content on L&T EduTech Platform.

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 ArcGIS Online Open source
 QGIS Open source
 GPS co-ordinates app Open source
 Total Station Demo
 GNSS Demo

3
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

Sustainable Design Concept for Building Services Semester 3

Course Code BCV306C CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 To facilitate learners to understand sustainable building designs and its parameters such
as energy and water efficiency, Comfort in buildings, and waste management.
 To expose the learners to shading systems, thermal and visual comfort.
 To impart fundamental knowledge on Life cycle assessment and Green ratings and
certifications.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Videos to teach, providing activities and assignments.
2. Power Point presentation during online expert sessions.
3. Hands-on software exercises through virtual classrooms.

Module-1
Introduction to Sustainability and Climatology: Overview of Sustainability – Global energy
scenario, carbon footprint and climate action, Net zero in carbon offsetting, Water neutral,
Sustainable construction and resource management. Green buildings - Selection of site –
preservation and planning, Influence of climate on buildings, Basics of climatology, Earth –
Sun relationship, Solar angles and sun path diagram, Design of shading systems.
Module-2
Comfort in Buildings: Thermal comfort – Basics of Thermodynamics, Convection/radiation
heat transfer, Heat gain through various elements of a building, Thermal comfort models and
case studies Acoustics – Building acoustics, measures, defects and prevention of sound
transmission Indoor Air Quality – Effects, design consideration and integrated approach for
IAQ management Visual comfort – Enhancement strategies for Daylighting and Artificial
lighting. Module-3
Energy, water efficiency and waste management in buildings: Energy efficiency – Energy
efficiency in building envelope and energy efficient HVAC and Lighting as per Energy
conservation building code (ECBC) 2017, Energy simulation, Energy management system –
Renewable energy and Energy Audit. Water Efficiency – Planning and design of water
management system, Rain water harvesting, Water efficient design and fixtures, Treatment and
reuse and Water efficient landscape system.
Waste management – Types of waste and its treatment methods, Construction and demolition
waste management, Waste management in residential, commercial buildings, healthcare
facilities.
Module-4
Life Cycle Assessment of Buildings and Green project management: Materials – Green
product certifications, features of sustainable building materials and sustainable alternatives for
structural, envelope and finishing materials. Low carbon cement, Zero emission bricks and lean
construction practices. Life cycle assessment and its types – Modelling and Analysis,

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

Greenhouse gas emission. Different phases of Green building project management.

Module-5
Sustainable rating systems: Green building rating systems- LEED, BREEAM and others,
Indian Green building rating systems – IGBC & GRIHA. IGBC criteria for certification -site
selection credits, pre-design credits, detailed design credits, pre-construction credits,
construction credits, post construction credits.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. Comprehend sustainable design, climatology, shading system and analyze heat transfer
mechanism in buildings.
2. Assess the design considerations and parameters for thermal comfort, visual comfort, indoor
air quality and acoustics.
3. Develop solutions for energy efficiency, water efficiency and waste management in
buildings.
4. Adopt green project management methodology and evaluate building life cycle assessment.
5. Implement green practices during construction and operation phase of the buildings for
achieving green rating.

2
 Annexure-II 3 22.07.2023

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A
student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted
to each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum
total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment
Test component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the
second test will be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then
only one assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two
assignments at the end of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. HarharaIyer G, Green Building Fundamentals, Notion Press
2. Dr. Adv. HarshulSavla, Green Building: Principles & Practices
3. IGBC Green new building rating system - version 3.0 - Abridged reference guide
4. The Sustainable Habitat Handbook (6 Volume Set), GRIHA Version 2019
5. National Building Code – 2016, Volume 1&2, Bureau of Indian Standards
6. Energy Conservation Building Code – 2017 (with amendments up to 2020), Bureau of
Energy Efficiency

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 E-learning content on L&T EduTech Platform.

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 ECO – NIWAS by Ministry of Power, Free Web tool to practice energy conservation
 Roof top solar energy calculator, Free Web tool to calculate solar power available

3
Annexure-II 4 22.07.2023

4
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

Fire Safety in Buildings Semester 3

Course Code BCV306D CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 To understand the importance fire safety
 To learn various techniques involved in fire safety
 To design fire resistant buildings using proper materials and methods

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. The online courses available should be shared with students
2. YouTube videos
3. Power point presentations
4. Visit to fire stations and understand various fire accidents.
Module-1
Fire: Introduction, Basic concepts of fire protection, Fire as a process of combustion, planning
for fire protection, fire resistance Ventilation and fuel controlled fire, process of combustion:
flashover condition, effect of fire on construction material, design of fire resistance steel
structure, concrete structure
Module-2
Fire safety: urban planning, escape and refuge, internal planning, detection and suppression
Introduction to lift design, design of lift system, expected stop and floor of reversal, different
cases, simulation, arrangements and escalators
Module-3
Introduction to flow system: water supply, constant demand, variable demand and diversity
factor, control systems Flow in pipe networks and fixture units, design of water supply
distribution system, flow in waste water pipes

Module-4
Introduction to HVAC: governing equations to HVAC process, numerical problem on HVAC
system, psychometric chart, equation based approach Electrical systems: design of electrical
systems, intelligent building, life cycle cost and basics of building maintenance, stages of
maintenance management, planning for building maintenance, periodicity of maintenance
management, estimation of repair cycle, cost profile of maintenance, lamp replacement, building
inspection, planned and Ad-hoc maintenance
Module-5
Condition survey and health evaluation of buildings, diagnosis of building by visual survey, case
studies of visual survey, effect of corrosion and alkali aggregate reaction, sampling and choice of
test location Non-destructive testing, core strength test, carbonation and chloride measurement,
electrical method of progress measurement Repair, rehabilitation, retrofit, periodicity and
economics of condition survey, interpretation of test results

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. Understand types of fire, combustion process and fire resistance
2. Plan for fire safety and design of lifts
3. Design flow network in buildings
4. Design of electrical systems and maintenance
5. Perform health evaluation of buildings and suggest remedies

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A
student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted
to each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum
total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment
Test component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the
second test will be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then
only one assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two
assignments at the end of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. J A Purkiss, Fire Safety Engineering: Design of Structures, ISBN 13 978-8131220085, Elsevier, 2009
2. V K Jain, Fire Safety in Buildings, ISBN-13 978-938980219, New Age International Private Limited;
Third edition, 2020
3. Fire protection, services and maintenance management of building, NPTEL video lecture, IIT, Delhi
4. Bureau of Indian Standards, " HAND BOOK OF FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS OF
BUILDINGS, (SP-41 & SP- 32)", BIS 1987 and 1989.
5. Markus,T.A. & Morris, E.N., "BUILDING CLIMATE AND ENERGY" Pitman publishing limited. 1980.
6. Croome,J.D .& Roberts,B.M.,"AIR CONDITIONING AND VENTILATION OF BUILDINGS, VOL-1".Pergamon
press.
7. Building Services Design - T.W.MEVER
8. Building Engineering & System Design - F.S.MERRIT & J. AMBROSE
9. SP-35 (1987): Handbook of Water supply & drainage-BIS
10. N.B.C.-2007 BIS

2
 Annexure-II 3 22.07.2023

11. Concept of building fire safety - D.EGAN.

12. Design of fire resisting structures - H.L. MALHOTRA.
List of reference materials/books/
1. An introduction to fire dynamics -D.DRYSDALE
2. Structural fire protection Edt by T.T.LIE
3. Elevator technology - G.C.BARNEY
4. HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Analysis and Design - Faye C. McQuiston and Jerald D.
Parker.
5. Building Maintenance Management-R.LEE
6. Developments In Building Maintenance -I.EJ. GIBSON
7. Concrete Structures: materials, Maintenance And Repair D.CAMPBELL,ALLEN & H.ROPER
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
  https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/105/102/105102176/
.

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Assignment students: A case study of fire hazard in building and restoration procedure
adopted

3
Template for Practical Course and if AEC is a practical Course Annexure-V 22.07.2023

Data analytics with Excel Semester 3

Course Code BCV358A CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Credits 01 Exam Hours 100
Examination type (SEE) practical
Course objectives:
 Understand the use of Spreadsheet for data collection and analysis.
 Evaluate the equations using Excel functions
 Learn the data quality and consistency of data

Sl.NO Experiments
1
Introduction to Data Analysis Using Spreadsheets: Fundamentals of spreadsheet applications, Excel
interface, and learn how to navigate around a worksheet and workbook.
2
Using Excel Spreadsheets: Perform basic spreadsheet tasks, such as viewing, entering and editing
data, and moving, copying and filling data. Learn about the fundamentals of formulas, and learn about
the most common functions used by a data analyst. Finally, you will learn how to reference data in
formulas.
3
Cleaning & Wrangling Data Using Spreadsheets: Importance of data quality, how to import file data
in to Excel, fundamentals of data privacy, remove duplicate and inaccurate data, and how to remove
empty rows in your data..
4 How to deal with inconsistencies in your data and how to use the Flash Fill and Text to Columns
features to help you manipulate and standardize your data
5
Analyzing Data Using Spreadsheets: Fundamentals of analyzing data using a spreadsheet, and learn
how to filter and sort data. Learn how to use some of the most useful functions for a data analyst
6 How to use the VLOOKUP and HLOOKUP reference functions. In addition, learn how to create pivot
tables in Excel, and use several pivot table features
7
Final Project: In this final module, you will be introduced to a hands-on lab where you will complete a
graded assignment for cleaning and preparing data, and then analyzing data using an Excel
spreadsheet.
8
Submission of report for final assessment
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set):
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Prepare the data sets and perform the analysis.
 Analyse and perform repetitive calculations using several functions
 Design and apply solutions to verify the data sets
Template for Practical Course and if AEC is a practical Course Annexure-V 22.07.2023

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the
SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be
deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/
course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together

Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

CIE marks for the practical course are 50 Marks.
The split-up of CIE marks for record/ journal and test are in the ratio 60:40.
 Each experiment is to be evaluated for conduction with an observation sheet and record
write-up. Rubrics for the evaluation of the journal/write-up for hardware/software
experiments are designed by the faculty who is handling the laboratory session and are
made known to students at the beginning of the practical session.
 Record should contain all the specified experiments in the syllabus and each experiment
write-up will be evaluated for 10 marks.
 Total marks scored by the students are scaled down to 30 marks (60% of maximum
marks).
 Weightage to be given for neatness and submission of record/write-up on time.
 Department shall conduct a test of 100 marks after the completion of all the experiments
listed in the syllabus.
 In a test, test write-up, conduction of experiment, acceptable result, and procedural
knowledge will carry a weightage of 60% and the rest 40% for viva-voce.
 The suitable rubrics can be designed to evaluate each student’s performance and learning
ability.
 The marks scored shall be scaled down to 20 marks (40% of the maximum marks).
The Sum of scaled-down marks scored in the report write-up/journal and marks of a test is the
total CIE marks scored by the student.
Semester End Evaluation (SEE):
 SEE marks for the practical course are 50 Marks.
 SEE shall be conducted jointly by the two examiners of the same institute, examiners are
appointed by the Head of the Institute.
 The examination schedule and names of examiners are informed to the university before
the conduction of the examination. These practical examinations are to be conducted
between the schedule mentioned in the academic calendar of the University.
 All laboratory experiments are to be included for practical examination.
 (Rubrics) Breakup of marks and the instructions printed on the cover page of the answer
script to be strictly adhered to by the examiners. OR based on the course requirement
evaluation rubrics shall be decided jointly by examiners.
 Template for Practical Course and if AEC is a practical Course Annexure-V 22.07.2023

 Students can pick one question (experiment) from the questions lot prepared by the
examiners jointly.
 Evaluation of test write-up/ conduction procedure and result/viva will be conducted
jointly by examiners.
 General rubrics suggested for SEE are mentioned here, writeup-20%, Conduction procedure
and result in -60%, Viva-voce 20% of maximum marks. SEE for practical shall be evaluated
for 100 marks and scored marks shall be scaled down to 50 marks (however, based on
course type, rubrics shall be decided by the examiners)
 Change of experiment is allowed only once and 15% of Marks allotted to the procedure part
are to be made zero.
The minimum duration of SEE is 02 hours
Suggested Learning Resources:

 https://www.coursera.org/learn/excel-basics-data-analysis-ibm
 Any online platform with the above course content like YouTube videos and NPTEL courses
TEMPLATE for AEC (if the course is a theory) Annexure-IV 22.07.2023

Smart Urban Infrastructure Semester 3

Course Code BCV358B CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 1:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 15 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 1
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 Knowing about Urban Infrastructure Systems & their Management
 Knowing about Smart Cities Key Concepts
 Understand the Transport and Energy Smart Urban Infrastructure and Services
 Developing Feasibility Studies for Smart City Services
 Understand the Global Context of Smart Cities
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. You Tube videos and online study material
2. PPT.
3. Assignments and quiz to explore more on smart cities

Module-1
Introduction to Smart Urban Infrastructures and Smart Cities: Introduction to smart city, Basic
concept of developing smart city, Global standards to create smart city. Different conceptual
approaches to Smart Cities and discussing the pros and cons of each approach.
Smart urban Infrastructure: List of infrastructure facilities, advantages and disadvantages.

Module-2

Smart Urban Energy Systems: Introduction to Smart Energy Systems, Government policy and
technology. Energy sector to explore some of the most important managerial considerations in
the transition phase and operation of Smart Urban Energy Systems.
Module-3
Smart Transportation Technologies: Introduction to smart transportation system, Mode of
transport systems for smart city, data collection to arrive at best transport facility. Significant
opportunities and threads for legacy urban transportation systems. Managerial considerations to
facilitate the transition phase, and operation of Smart Urban Transportation Systems
Module-4
Towards Smart Cities: Important factors in the transition phase of legacy cities to Smart cities
and their managerial implications.

Module-5
Towards Smart Cities: Management of Smart Cities calls for different approaches from
conventional urban management approaches. The role of city government in the network of
actors who play an important role in management of Smart Cities.

1
TEMPLATE for AEC (if the course is a theory) Annexure-IV 22.07.2023

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to:
1. Understand the concept of smart city
2. Play the role of a civil engineer in providing smart infrastructure
3. Design efficient energy system for smart city
4. Analyse and design efficient transport system
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A
student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted
to each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum
total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.

Continuous internal Examination (CIE)

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment
Test component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the second
test will be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then
only one assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two
assignments at the end of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examinations (SEE)

SEE paper shall be set for 50 questions, each of the 01 marks. The pattern of the question paper is MCQ
(multiple choice questions). The time allotted for SEE is 01 hour. The student has to secure a minimum of
35% of the maximum marks meant for SEE.
OR
MCQ (Multiple Choice Questions) are preferred for 01 credit courses, however, if course content demands the
general question paper pattern that followed for 03 credit course, then
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 10 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module may or may not
have the sub-questions (with maximum sub-questions of 02, with marks distributions 5+5, 4+6, 3+7).
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Infrastructure for Smart Cities, Dr. R P Rathaliya, Shree Hari Publications, 2021
2. Building Smart Cities, ISBN-13 978-1032340128, by Carol L. Stimmel, 2022
3. Smart Cities for Sustainable Development, Ram Kumar Mishra, Ch Lakshmi Kumari, Sandeep
Chachra, P.S. Janaki Krishna, Springer, ISBN-13 978-9811674099, 2022

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://www.coursera.org/learn/smart-cities

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning



2
TEMPLATE for AEC (if the course is a theory) Annexure-IV 22.07.2023

Problem Solving with PYTHON Semester 3

Course Code BCV358C CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 0:2:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 15 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 1
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 To understand why Python is a useful scripting language for developers.
 To read and write simple Python programs
 To learn how to identify Python object types.
 To learn how to write functions and pass arguments in Python.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Black board and PPT.
2. Use of Video/Animation to explain functioning of various concepts.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes
critical thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop
design thinking skills such as the ability to design, evaluate, generalize, and analyze
information rather than simply recall it.
Module-1
Introduction to Python: Installing Python and Python packages, Managing virtual environments
with venv module Introduction to NumPy arrays:Array creation, indexing, data types,
broadcasting, copies and views, universal functions, I/O with NumPy
Module-2
Introduction to NumPy and SciPy:NumPy subpackages– linalg, fft, random, polynomials,
SciPy subpackages– linalg, fftpack, integrate, interpolate, optimize Introduction to Matplotlib:
Plotting 2D graphs with Matplotlib, annotations, legend, saving plots to file, bar and pie charts,
line plots.
Module-3
Linear algebra using NumPy and SciPy:Solving linear simultaneous equations using NumPy
and SciPy using numpy.linalg and scipy.linalg – solve, inverse, determinant, least square
solution, Linear algebra using NumPy and SciPy (continued): Decomposition using lu and
cholesky. Solving eigenvalue problems using NumPy and SciPy:Using numpy.linalg and
scipy.linalg – eig, eigvals.
Module-4
Solving initial value problems for ODE systems using scipy.integrate subpackage – solve_ivp,
RK45, LSODA. Numerical integration of functions using SciPy:Using
scipy.integratesubpackage– Definite integral using Gaussian quadrature – quad and quadrature
Numerical integration of fixed samples using scipy.integratesubpackage– Trapezoidal rule
trapezoid, Simpson’s 1/3 rule using Simpson, Romberg integration romb.
Module-5

1
TEMPLATE for AEC (if the course is a theory) Annexure-IV 22.07.2023

Determining roots of equations using SciPyusing scipy.optimizesubpackage– Bisection method

bisect, Brent’s method brentq, Newton-Raphson method newton. Symbolic computing using
SymPy and solving civil engineering problems using SymPy: Introduction, defining symbols,
derivatives, integrals, limits, expression evaluation, expression simplification, solving equations,
solving differential equations.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
1. Understand Python syntax and semantics and be fluent in the use of Python flow control and
functions.
2. Demonstrate proficiency in handling Strings and File Systems.
3. Represent compound data using Python lists, tuples, Strings, dictionaries.
4. Read and write data from/to files in Python Programs
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A
student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted
to each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum
total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.

Continuous internal Examination (CIE)

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment
Test component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the second
test will be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then
only one assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two
assignments at the end of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examinations (SEE)

SEE paper shall be set for 50 questions, each of the 01 marks. The pattern of the question paper is MCQ
(multiple choice questions). The time allotted for SEE is 01 hour. The student has to secure a minimum of
35% of the maximum marks meant for SEE.
OR
MCQ (Multiple Choice Questions) are preferred for 01 credit courses, however, if course content demands the
general question paper pattern that followed for 03 credit course, then
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 10 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module may or may not
have the sub-questions (with maximum sub-questions of 02, with marks distributions 5+5, 4+6, 3+7).
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. R. Nageswara Rao, “Core Python Programming”, dreamtech
2. Python Programming: A Modern Approach, Vamsi Kurama, Pearson

2
TEMPLATE for AEC (if the course is a theory) Annexure-IV 22.07.2023

3. 3. Python Programming , Reema theraja, OXFORD publication

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 NumPy documentation at https://numpy.org/doc/
 SciPy documentation at https://docs.scipy.org/doc/scipy/
 Matplotlib documentation at https://matplotlib.org/stable/users/index
 SymPy documentation at https://docs.sympy.org/latest/index.html.

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Real world problem solving: Demonstration of projects developed using python language

3
 22.07.2023

Personality Development for Civil Engineers Semester 3

Course Code BCV358D CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 1:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 15 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 1
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 To offer placement focused guidance across interview best practices, formal
communication, and business etiquette
 To give learners a comprehensive understanding of job skills and knowledge that are
essential for adapting to changes in workplace
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. .

Module-1
LSRW and Personality Development: Importance of LSRW Skills: Art of listening-
Listening comprehension – Art of Speaking – Art of Reading – Reading comprehension – Art
of Writing – email writing Personality Development: Emotional Intelligence – Self Awareness
– Self Management – Personal SWOT – Manners & Etiquette – Positive Attitude – Confidence
building Interpersonal Skills: Active Listening – Motivation – Flexibility – Patience –
Dependability – Adaptability – Interpersonal & Intrapersonal skills – Body Language
Module-2
NVC, Presentation and Teamwork: Non – Verbal Communication: Body language –
Gestures – Postures – Eye contact – Hand Shake – First impression – Proxemics – Facial
Expressions Presentation Skills: 4P’s of Presentation – Communicating with Credibility –
Audience analysis and Building Rapport – Usage of Figures, diagrams & Charts – Presenting
with Confidence – Body Language in Presentation Teamwork: What is a Team - Stages of a
Team – Benefits of Team work & Collaboration – Group vs Team – Types of Teams – Roles of
the Team
Module-3
Etiquette and Management: Critical Thinking & Problem Solving: Core Skills – Uses &
Importance of Critical Thinking – Principles of Critical Thinking – Facts about Problem
Solving – Skills to use in Problem Solving - Problem Solving Process – Barriers to Problem
Solving Time Management: Managing your time – Time wasters – Analyzing your Strengths
and weakness – Goal Setting – Why Goal Setting is important - SMART Goals – Types of
Goals Business Etiquette: Types of Etiquette – Importance of Etiquette – Meeting Etiquette –
Office Etiquette – Phone and email Etiquette – Work Place Etiquette
Module-4
Leadership: Leadership Skills: What makes an effective Leader – Relationship Building –
Leader vs Boss – Decision Making Skills – Innovation & Motivation – Dependability Business
Writing – How to improve your Business writing skills – Importance of Business writing – how
to write effectively – 5C’s of Business writing – 4 types of Business writing Conflict
Management: Strategies of Conflict Management – Best practices for Conflict Resolution –

1
 22.07.2023

Stress Management – Learn to say No – Importance of Conflict Management at Work Place

Module-5
V GD, Creativity and Psychometry: Group Discussion: Types of GD – Attitude & being
Proactive – Time management & how to stick to it – Importance of Listening - Do’s & Don’ts
Creativity & Innovation: What is Creativity – What is Innovation – Difference between
Creativity & Innovation – Categories and misconception of Creativity Psychometric Analysis:
What is Psychometric Analysis – Cognitive Skills – Importance of Personality Tests –
Personality Profiling
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
1. Use English as a medium of communication in interviews and in any professional working
environment proficiently
2. Develop necessary skills to Answer common interview questions, express confidence in
body language and present with clarity

2
 22.07.2023

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A
student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted
to each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum
total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.

Continuous internal Examination (CIE)

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment
Test component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the second
test will be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then
only one assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two
assignments at the end of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examinations (SEE)

SEE paper shall be set for 50 questions, each of the 01 marks. The pattern of the question paper is MCQ
(multiple choice questions). The time allotted for SEE is 01 hour. The student has to secure a minimum of
35% of the maximum marks meant for SEE.
OR
MCQ (Multiple Choice Questions) are preferred for 01 credit courses, however, if course content demands the
general question paper pattern that followed for 03 credit course, then
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 10 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module may or may not
have the sub-questions (with maximum sub-questions of 02, with marks distributions 5+5, 4+6, 3+7).
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Personality Development And Soft Skills, Barun K Mitra, 2nd edition, Oxford University Press, 2016
2. Power of Positive thinking, Norman Vincent Peale, ISBN-13 978-0091906382, RHUK, 2016
3. Magic of thinking Big, David J Schwartz, ISBN-13 978-1785040474, Vermilion, 2016
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 NPTEL videos.

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Select a topic and write an essay
 Conduct group discussion

3
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

Analysis of Structures Semester IV

Course Code BCV401 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 03 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 3:0:0:0 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Examination type (SEE) Theory/practical/Viva-Voce /Term-work/Others
Course Learning objectives: This course will enable students to

 Understand the Different Forms of Structural Systems.

 Determine the Strain Energy and Slope and Deflection of Beams, Trusses and Frames.
 Analyse arches and cable structures.
 Analyse different types of beams and frames using slope deflection method.
 Analyse different types of beams and frames using moment distribution method.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies; which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various
course outcomes.
1. Apart from conventional lecture methods various types of innovative teaching techniques
through videos, animation films may be adopted so that the delivered lesson can progress
the students in theoretical, applied and practical skills.
2. Arrange field visits to give brief information about the water and wastewater treatment plant.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOTS (Higher-order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes
critical thinking and enhance the knowledge of treatment processes.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students, Analytical skills, develop
thinking skills such as the ability to evaluate, generalize, and analyze information rather
than simply recall it.
6. Seminars, surprise tests and Quizzes may be arranged for students in respective subjects to
develop skills

Module-1
Introduction and Analysis of Plane Trusses: Structural forms, Conditions of equilibrium,
Compatibility conditions, Degree of freedom, Linear and nonlinear analysis, Static and
kinematic indeterminacies of structural systems, Types of trusses, Assumptions in analysis,
Analysis of determinate trusses by method of joints and method of sections.
L1,L2,L3
Module-2

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

DEFLECTION OF BEAMS: Moment area method: Derivation, Mohr’s theorems, sign

convention; Application of moment area method to determinate prismatic beams, beams of
varying cross section; Use of moment diagram by parts.
Strain Energy: Principle of virtual displacements, Principle of virtual forces, Strain energy
and complimentary energy, Strain energy due to axial force, bending, shear and torsion (No
numerical). Castigliano’s theorems, application of Castigliano’s theorems to calculate
deflection of beams, trusses and frames (No numerical on unit load method).
L1,L2,L3 Module-3
Arches and Cable Structures: Three hinged parabolic arches with supports at the same and
different levels. Determination of normal thrust, radial shear and bending moment. Analysis of
cables under point loads and UDL. Length of cables for supports at same and at different
levels- Stiffening trusses for suspension cables.
L1,L2,L3
Module-4
Slope Deflection Method: Introduction, sign convention, development of slope deflection
equation; Analysis of continuous beams including settlement of supports; Analysis of orthogonal
rigid plane frames including sway frames with kinematic indeterminacy up to 3
L1,L2,L3,L4
Module-5
Moment Distribution Method: Introduction, Definition of terms, Development of method,
Analysis of continuous beams with support yielding, Analysis of orthogonal rigid plane frames
including sway frames with kinematic indeterminacy up to 3
L1,L2,L3,L4
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1. identify the different forms of structural systems and analyse the trusses.
2. Evaluate the slope and deflections in beams, frames and trusses by using moment area method and
energy principle.
3. Analyse and determine the stress resultants inarches and cables.
4. Analyse the indeterminate structures and construct BMD AND SFD using slope deflection methods.
5. Analyse the indeterminate structures and construct BMD AND SFD using Moment Distribution Method.

2
 Annexure-II 3 22.07.2023

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). The
student is declared as a pass in the course if he/she secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End
Examination) taken together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 There are 25 marks for the CIE's Assignment component and 25 for the Internal Assessment
Test component.
 Each test shall be conducted for 25 marks. The first test will be administered after 40-50% of
the coverage of the syllabus, and the second test will be administered after 85-90% of the
coverage of the syllabus. The average of the two tests shall be scaled down to 25 marks
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then
only one assignment for the course shall be planned. The schedule for assignments shall be
planned properly by the course teacher. The teacher should not conduct two assignments at the
end of the semester if two assignments are planned. Each assignment shall be conducted for 25
marks. (If two assignments are conducted then the sum of the two assignments shall be scaled
down to 25 marks)
 The final CIE marks of the course out of 50 will be the sum of the scale-down marks of tests and
assignment/s marks.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Reddy, C.S., Basic Structural Analysis, 3 rd. ed., Tata McGraw-Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2011.
2. Hibbeler, R.C., Structural Analysis, 9 th edition., Pearson publications., New Delhi, 2012.
3. Thandavamoorthy, T.S., Structural Analysis, 6 th edition., Oxford University press., New Delhi,2015.
4. L S Negi and R S Jangid, “Structural Analysis”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd.
5. D S Prakash Rao, “Structural Analysis: A Unified Approach”, Universities Press 4
6. K.U. Muthu and H. Narendra, “Indeterminate Structural Analysis”, IK International Publishing Pvt. Ltd.
7. Gupta S P, G S Pundit and R Gupta, “Theory of Structures”, Vol II, Tata McGraw Hill Publications company
Ltd.
8. V N Vazirani and M M Ratwani, “Analysis of Structures”, Vol. 2, Khanna Publishers
9. Wang C K, “Intermediate Structural Analysis”, McGraw Hill, International Students Edition. S. Rajashekhara
and G. Sankarasubramanian, “Computational Structural Mechanics”, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.,
10. S S Bhavikatti, structural analysis, vikas publishing house pvt.ltd., new Delhi
11. S Ramamrutham and R Narayanan,Theory of structures , Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company.

3
 Annexure-II 4 22.07.2023

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105105166
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105105166
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105105166
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105105109
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105105109
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105105109
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Seminars /Quiz (to assist in GATE preparations)
 Demonstrations in using Softwares
 Self-Study on simple topics
 Simple problems solving by Etabs/Staad pro.

CO & PSO - PO Mapping (Individual Teacher has to fill)

Mapping of Course Outcomes and Program specific outcomes to Program Outcomes
Program Specific
Program outcomes
Course Outcomes
outcomes PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5
Total
Average
Level 0: Not Mapped, 1: Low Mapped, 2: Moderately Mapped 3: Highly Mapped

Note: Depending on the Assessment tool used, higher order POs Can be identified by the
concerned course instructor.

4
 22.07.2023

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRAULICS Semester IV

Course Code BCV402 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 + 8-10 Lab slots Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours 3
Examination nature (SEE) Theory/Practical
Course Learning objectives: This course will enable students to

 Understand the Fundamentals of properties of fluids, fluid pressure measurement and

hydrostatic law
 Learn the Principles of kinematics, hydrodynamics and its applications
 Study the Flow measurements and design of pipes
 Understand the design of open channels and energy concepts
 Understand the Working principles of hydraulic turbines and pumps

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies; which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Apart from conventional lecture methods various types of innovative teaching techniques through
videos, animation films may be adopted so that the delivered lesson can progress the students
in theoretical, applied and practical skills.
2. Arrange field visits to give brief information about the water and wastewater treatment plant.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOTS (Higher-order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes
critical thinking and enhance the knowledge of treatment processes.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students, Analytical skills, develop thinking
skills such as the ability to evaluate, generalize, and analyze information rather than simply
recall it.
6. Seminars, surprise tests and Quizzes may be arranged for students in respective subjects to
develop skills.
MODULE-1
Fluids and their properties – compressibility, surface tension, capillarity, Pascal’s law, hydrostatic
law, fluid pressure measurement using simple and differential manometers, Total pressure and center
of pressure on vertical and inclined plane surfaces. L2,L3
MODULE-2
Kinematics- Types of flow, continuity equation in Cartesian coordinates, velocity potential, stream
function, flow nets, Dynamics-Euler’s equation of motion, Bernoulli’s equation, Application-
Venturimeter, Orifice meter, Pitot tube. L2,L4
MODULE-3
Classification of orifice and mouthpiece, hydraulic coefficients, discharge over rectangular,
triangular and Cipoletti notch, Flow through pipes- major and minor losses, pipes in series and
parallel, equivalent pipe, concept of water hammer and surge tanks. L2,L4

MODULE-4

1
 22.07.2023

Open channel hydraulics- classification of flow, Most economical channel sections-rectangular,

triangular, trapezoidal, circular, Uniform flow, specific energy-rectangular channels, on-uniform flow,
hydraulic jump-equation and applications, GVF equation-types. L2,L4

MODULE-5
Momentum equation, impact of jet on stationary and moving curved vanes Turbines-types, Pelton
wheel-working proportions, velocity triangles Francis turbine- working proportions, velocity
triangles Centrifugal pumps-work done, efficiency, multi-stage pumps. L2,L4

PRACTICAL COMPONENT OF IPCC (May cover all / major modules)

Sl.NO Experiments
1 Verification of Bernoulli’s equation L1,L2
2 Calibration of Venturimeter/Orifice meter L1,L2
3 Determination of hydraulic coefficients of small vertical orifice L1,L2
4 Calibration of triangular notch L1,L2
5 Determination of Cd for Cipoletti notch L1,L2
6 Determination of major losses in pipes L1,L2
7 Determination of Cd for ogee/broad crested weir L1,L2
8 Determination of efficiency of jet on flat and curved vanes L1,L2
9 Determination of Cd of Venturiflume L1,L2
10 Demo of determination of efficiency of centrifugal pump L1,L2
11 Demo of determination of efficiency of Francis/Kaplan turbine L1,L2
12 Demo of determination of efficiency of Pelton wheel L1,L2
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set):
At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Explain the fundamental properties of fluids and solve problems on fluid pressure and
hydrostatics.
 Apply the principles of kinematics and dynamics of fluid flow to solve problems on velocity
and pressure.
 Compute the discharge through pipes, notches and weirs.
 Design the turbines and open channels of different sections and to estimate the energy loss in
hydraulic jump.
 Able to interpret the experimental results of discharge, efficiency based on the test conducted in
the laboratory.

2
 22.07.2023

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A
student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to
each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total
of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

CIE for the theory component of the IPCC (maximum marks 50)
 IPCC means practical portion integrated with the theory of the course.
 CIE marks for the theory component are 25 marks and that for the practical component is
25 marks.
 25 marks for the theory component are split into 15 marks for two Internal Assessment Tests
(Two Tests, each of 15 Marks with 01-hour duration, are to be conducted) and 10 marks for other
assessment methods mentioned in 22OB4.2. The first test at the end of 40-50% coverage of the
syllabus and the second test after covering 85-90% of the syllabus.
 Scaled-down marks of the sum of two tests and other assessment methods will be CIE marks for the
theory component of IPCC (that is for 25 marks).
 The student has to secure 40% of 25 marks to qualify in the CIE of the theory component of IPCC.
CIE for the practical component of the IPCC

 15 marks for the conduction of the experiment and preparation of laboratory record, and 10 marks
for the test to be conducted after the completion of all the laboratory sessions.
 On completion of every experiment/program in the laboratory, the students shall be evaluated
including viva-voce and marks shall be awarded on the same day.
 The CIE marks awarded in the case of the Practical component shall be based on the continuous
evaluation of the laboratory report. Each experiment report can be evaluated for 10 marks. Marks of
all experiments’ write-ups are added and scaled down to 15 marks.
 The laboratory test (duration 02/03 hours) after completion of all the experiments shall be
conducted for 50 marks and scaled down to 10 marks.
 Scaled-down marks of write-up evaluations and tests added will be CIE marks for the laboratory
component of IPCC for 25 marks.
 The student has to secure 40% of 25 marks to qualify in the CIE of the practical component of the IPCC.
SEE for IPCC
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the course (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored by the student shall be proportionally scaled down to 50 Marks
The theory portion of the IPCC shall be for both CIE and SEE, whereas the practical portion will have
a CIE component only. Questions mentioned in the SEE paper may include questions from the
practical component.

3
 22.07.2023

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books:
Text Books:
1. P.N. Modi and S.M. Seth-Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics, including Hydraulic machines, standard
Book House, New Delhi
2. K Subramanya- Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi
3. R.K. Bansal- A text book of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines- Laxmi Publications, New Delhi
4. Victor L. Streeter, Benjamin Wyile E and Keith W. Bedford- Fluid Mechanics, T ata McGraw Hill
publishing Co Ltd, New Delhi
5. J.F. Douglas. M. Gastric, John Warfield, Lynne Jack – Fluid Mechanics, Pearson, Fifth edition.
6. K. Subramanya- Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, Problems and Solutions, Tata
McGrawhill, New Delhi.
7. S K SOM and G.Bis was – “ introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines, Tata Mcg raw Hill,
New Delhi.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 YouTube Videos

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning:

 Visit to hydro- electric power plant
 Visit to sites to visualise the flow measuring devices, viz., weirs, spillways, etc.

CO & PSO - PO Mapping (Individual Teacher has to fill)

Mapping of Course Outcomes and Program specific outcomes to Program Outcomes
Program Specific
Program outcomes
Course Outcomes
outcomes PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5
Total
Average
Level 0: Not Mapped, 1: Low Mapped, 2: Moderately Mapped 3: Highly Mapped

Note: Depending on the Assessment tool used, higher order POs Can be identified by the concerned
course instructor.

4
 22.07.2023

TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING Semester

Course Code BCV403 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 hours Theory + 8-10 Lab slots Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours
Examination nature (SEE) Theory
Course Learning objectives: This course will enable students to

 Gain knowledge of different modes of transportation systems and to learn the

introductory concepts on Highway Engineering.
 Get insight to different highway materials and pavement design elements of a
highway network.
 Realize the significance of road safety by incorporating the concepts of Traffic
Engineering.
 Understand to different aspects of geometric elements of railway system and evaluate
the material quantity required for track laying
 Gain knowledge about various components of an Airport and its runway design.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies; which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various
course outcomes.
1. Apart from conventional lecture methods various types of innovative teaching techniques
through videos, animation films may be adopted so that the delivered lesson can progress the
students in theoretical, applied and practical skills.
2. Arrange field visits to give brief information about the water and wastewater treatment plant.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOTS (Higher-order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes
critical thinking and enhance the knowledge of treatment processes.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students, Analytical skills, develop
thinking skills such as the ability to evaluate, generalize, and analyze information rather than
simply recall it.
6. Seminars, surprise tests and Quizzes may be arranged for students in respective subjects to
develop skills

MODULE-1
TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING: Introduction, Different Modes of Transportation, M R
Jayakar Committee recommendations, Road Classifications and Road Patterns.
Highway Alignment: Factors affecting highway alignment, Engineering surveys for alignment-
conventional and modern methods.
Highway Geometric Design: Factors affecting geometric design of roads, Cross Sectional Elements,
Sight distances, Horizontal alignment- Transition curve, superelevation, Extrawidening, Vertical
alignment–gradients, summit and valley curves. (No derivations)

1
 22.07.2023

Problems on Sight distance, Super elevation, extra widening of curves, Length of transition
curve, Length of summit and valley curve. (L1,
L2)
MODULE-2
HIGHWAY MATERIALS AND PAVEMENTS: Desirable properties of aggregates, soil subgrade &
Bitumen, Application of bituminous emulsion, Desirable properties of Bituminous Mixes
Pavement Design: Factors Controlling design of highway pavements, Pavement types, component
parts of pavements and their functions; types of joints used in rigid pavement. Critical stresses in
flexible and rigid pavement.
Highway Drainage: Significance and requirements, Surface drainage system and design-Examples,
sub surface drainage system, Types of cross drainage structures their choice and location.
Problems on design of Longitudinal drain. (L2, L3)
MODULE-3
TRAFFIC ENGINEERING: Objectives and scope of Traffic Engineering. Traffic Characteristics:
Road user characteristics, vehicular characteristics – static and dynamic characteristics, Reaction
time of driver and PIEV theory, Types of traffic engineering studies-volume, spot speed, speed and
delay, parking, accident, origin & destination, objectives of studies and data collection, method of
study, analysis. PCU concept, factors affecting and PCU at different locations and applications.
Traffic signs, Signal design by IRC method; Types of intersections.
Problems on Spot speed studies, Speed and delay studies, accident studies, Signal design by IRC
method. (L2, L3)
MODULE-4
RAILWAY ENGINEERING: Permanent way and its requirements, Gauges and types, Typical cross
sections single and double-line BG track, Coning of wheels and tilting of rails, Rails-Functions-
requirements, types and defects of rails. Sleepers and Ballast: Functions, requirements, Track fitting
and fasteners, Calculation of quantity of materials required for laying a track, Points & crossings,
Railway Station and Yards. Metro train & high speed train- Design factors considered.
Problem on Quantity calculation for laying railway track. Super-elevation
(L1, L2)
MODULE-5
AIRPORT ENGINEERING: Layout of an airport with component parts and functions, Site selection
for airport, Aircraft characteristics affecting the design and planning of airport, Airport classification,
Runway orientation using wind rose with examples.
RUNWAY-Basic runway length-Corrections and examples, Runway geometrics, Taxiway-Factors
affecting the layout - geometrics of taxiway-Comparison between Runway and Highway, Design of
exit taxiway with examples.
Problems on Runway orientation, Basic Runway length, Exit taxiway design. (L2, L3)

2
 22.07.2023

PRACTICAL COMPONENT OF IPCC (May cover all / major modules)

Sl. Experiments (8-10 Lab slots)
NO
1 Tests on Aggregates
a. Crushing Strength Test b. Los Angeles abrasion test c. Impact test
d. Shape tests (combined index and angularity number) (L1, L2)
2 Tests on Bituminous Materials
a. Penetration test b. Ductility test c. Softening point test d. Specific gravity test e. Viscosity
test by tar viscometer f. Flash and fire point test (L1,
L2)
3 Tests on Soil
a. Wet sieve analysis b. CBR Test on soil (L1, L2)
4 Design of flexible pavement as per IRC 37-2018 (L2, L4)
5 Design of Rigid pavement as per IRC 58-2015 (L3, L4)
6 Bituminous Mix Design by Marshall Method (Demonstration only) (L1,
L2)
7 Traffic Engineering studies (L3, L4)
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set):
At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1. Explain the basic principles of geometric design in the context of transportation
engineering and planning.
2. Select the appropriate pavement materials for construction and design the pavement as per
standard practices.
3. Conduct traffic studies and analyse traffic data for practical applications.
4. Identify the Components parts of Railway Track and design the suitable runway for an
Airport.
5. Able to interpret the experimental results of highway materials based on laboratory tests
and design the pavement as per IRC guidelines.

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A
student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to
each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total
of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

CIE for the theory component of the IPCC (maximum marks 50)
 IPCC means practical portion integrated with the theory of the course.
 CIE marks for the theory component are 25 marks and that for the practical component is 25
marks.
 25 marks for the theory component are split into 15 marks for two Internal Assessment Tests
(Two Tests, each of 15 Marks with 01-hour duration, are to be conducted) and 10 marks for other
assessment methods mentioned in 22OB4.2. The first test at the end of 40-50% coverage of the
syllabus and the second test after covering 85-90% of the syllabus.

3
 22.07.2023

 Scaled-down marks of the sum of two tests and other assessment methods will be CIE marks for
the theory component of IPCC (that is for 25 marks).
 The student has to secure 40% of 25 marks to qualify in the CIE of the theory component of
IPCC.
CIE for the practical component of the IPCC
 15 marks for the conduction of the experiment and preparation of laboratory record, and 10
marks for the test to be conducted after the completion of all the laboratory sessions.
 On completion of every experiment/program in the laboratory, the students shall be evaluated
including viva-voce and marks shall be awarded on the same day.
 The CIE marks awarded in the case of the Practical component shall be based on the continuous
evaluation of the laboratory report. Each experiment report can be evaluated for 10 marks. Marks
of all experiments’ write-ups are added and scaled down to 15 marks.
 The laboratory test (duration 02/03 hours) after completion of all the experiments shall be
conducted for 50 marks and scaled down to 10 marks.
 Scaled-down marks of write-up evaluations and tests added will be CIE marks for the laboratory
component of IPCC for 25 marks.
 The student has to secure 40% of 25 marks to qualify in the CIE of the practical component of the
IPCC.
SEE for IPCC
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the course (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scoredby the student shall be proportionally scaled down to 50 Marks
The theory portion of the IPCC shall be for both CIE and SEE, whereas the practical portion
will have a CIE component only. Questions mentioned in the SEE paper may include questions
from the practical component.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. S K Khanna and C E G Justo, “Highway Engineering”, Nem Chand Bros, Roorkee.
2. L R Kadiyali, “Highway Engineering”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.
3. “A Text Book of Railway Engineering" by S C Saxena and S P Arora
4. “Airport Engineering” by S C Rangwala
5. “Airport Planning and Design” by Khanna Arora and Jain, Nem Chand Bros, Roorke.
6. “Roads, Railways, Bridges, Tunnels and Harbour Dock Engineering by B L Gupta, Amit
Gupta.
7. S K Khanna, C E G Justo and A Veeraragavan, “Highway Materials Testing Laboratory
Manual”, Nem Chand Bros, Roorkee.

4
 22.07.2023

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105101087
2. https://onlinemanuals.txdot.gov/txdotmanuals/rdw/horizontal_alignment.htm#BGBHGEGC
3. www.civil.iitb.ac.in/tvm/1111_nptel/567_Grade/plain/plain.html
4. https://www.pavementinteractive.org/
5. https://www.eng.auburn.edu/research/centers/ncat/research/other-publications.html
6. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/106/105106203/
7. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/101/105101008
8. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/104/105104098
9. https://www.classcentral.com/course/edx-intro-to-traffic-flow-modeling-and-
intelligenttransport-systems-12728
10. https://www.aai.aero/
11. https://www.faa.gov/
12. https://www.icao.int
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Visit to a road construction project

CO & PSO - PO Mapping (Individual Teacher has to fill)

Mapping of Course Outcomes and Program specific outcomes to Program Outcomes
Program Specific
Program outcomes
Course Outcomes
outcomes PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5
Total
Average
Level 0: Not Mapped, 1: Low Mapped, 2: Moderately Mapped 3: Highly Mapped

Note: Depending on the Assessment tool used, higher order POs Can be identified by the
concerned course instructor.

5
Template for Practical Course and if AEC is a practical Course Annexure-V 22.07.2023

BUILDING MATERIALS LABORATORY Semester 4

Course Code BCV404 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Credits 01 Exam Hours 100
Examination type (SEE) Practical
Course objectives:
 Ability to apply knowledge of mathematics and engineering in calculating the
mechanical properties of structural materials.
 Ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams in the area of materials testing.
 Ability to use the techniques, skills and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering.
 Understanding of professional and ethical responsibility in the areas of material testing.
 Ability to communicate effectively the mechanical properties of materials..
Sl.NO Experiments
1 Tests on Bricks, Tiles, Cement Concrete blocks (Weight &Dimensionality, Water
Absorption, Strength) (L1, L2, L3, L4)
2 Tests on Fine aggregates - Sieve Analysis, Moisture content, Specific gravity, Bulk
density, Bulking and Silt Content (L1, L2, L3, L4)
3 Tests on Coarse aggregates- Sieve Analysis, Water absorption, Moisture content, specific
gravity and Bulk density (L1, L2, L3, L4)
4
Compression test on mild steel, cast iron and wood. (L1, L2, L3, L4)
5
Tension test on mild steel and HYSD bars (L2, L3, L4)
6
Torsion test on mild steel circular sections. (L1, L2, L3, L4)
7
Bending Test on Wood Under two-point loading. (L1, L2, L3, L4)
8
Shear Test on Mild steel- single and double shear. (L1, L2, L3, L4)
9
Impact test on Mild Steel (Charpy & Izod). (L1, L2, L3, L4)
10 Hardness tests on ferrous and non-ferrous metals- Brinell’s, Rockwell and Vicker’s.
(L1, L2, L3, L4)
11
Demonstration of Strain gauges and Strain indicators. (L1, L2, L3, L4)
NOTE: All tests to be carried out as per relevant latest BIS Codes
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set):
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Analyze the physical characteristics, and behavior of common building materials.
 Reproduce the basic knowledge of mathematics and engineering in finding the strength in
tension, compression, shear and torsion for steel
 Evaluate the impact of engineering solutions on the society and also will be aware of
contemporary issues regarding failure of structures due to unsuitable materials.
 Recognize the importance of ethical conduct, integrity, and accuracy in materials testing and
reporting..
Template for Practical Course and if AEC is a practical Course Annexure-V 22.07.2023

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the
SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be
deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/
course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together

Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

CIE marks for the practical course are 50 Marks.
The split-up of CIE marks for record/ journal and test are in the ratio 60:40.
 Each experiment is to be evaluated for conduction with an observation sheet and record
write-up. Rubrics for the evaluation of the journal/write-up for hardware/software
experiments are designed by the faculty who is handling the laboratory session and are
made known to students at the beginning of the practical session.
 Record should contain all the specified experiments in the syllabus and each experiment
write-up will be evaluated for 10 marks.
 Total marks scored by the students are scaled down to 30 marks (60% of maximum
marks).
 Weightage to be given for neatness and submission of record/write-up on time.
 Department shall conduct a test of 100 marks after the completion of all the experiments
listed in the syllabus.
 In a test, test write-up, conduction of experiment, acceptable result, and procedural
knowledge will carry a weightage of 60% and the rest 40% for viva-voce.
 The suitable rubrics can be designed to evaluate each student’s performance and learning
ability.
 The marks scored shall be scaled down to 20 marks (40% of the maximum marks).
The Sum of scaled-down marks scored in the report write-up/journal and marks of a test is the
total CIE marks scored by the student.
Semester End Evaluation (SEE):
 SEE marks for the practical course are 50 Marks.
 SEE shall be conducted jointly by the two examiners of the same institute, examiners are
appointed by the Head of the Institute.
 The examination schedule and names of examiners are informed to the university before
the conduction of the examination. These practical examinations are to be conducted
between the schedule mentioned in the academic calendar of the University.
 All laboratory experiments are to be included for practical examination.
 (Rubrics) Breakup of marks and the instructions printed on the cover page of the answer
script to be strictly adhered to by the examiners. OR based on the course requirement
evaluation rubrics shall be decided jointly by examiners.
 Students can pick one question (experiment) from the questions lot prepared by the
examiners jointly.
 Evaluation of test write-up/ conduction procedure and result/viva will be conducted
jointly by examiners.
 Template for Practical Course and if AEC is a practical Course Annexure-V 22.07.2023

 General rubrics suggested for SEE are mentioned here, writeup-20%, Conduction procedure
and result in -60%, Viva-voce 20% of maximum marks. SEE for practical shall be evaluated
for 100 marks and scored marks shall be scaled down to 50 marks (however, based on
course type, rubrics shall be decided by the examiners)
 Change of experiment is allowed only once and 15% of Marks allotted to the procedure part
are to be made zero.
The minimum duration of SEE is 02 hours
Suggested Learning Resources:
 Davis, Troxell and Hawk, “Testing of Engineering Materials”, International Student
Edition – McGraw Hill Book Co. New Delhi.
 M L Gambhir and Neha Jamwal, “Building and construction materials-Testing and
quality control”, McGraw Hill education (India)Pvt. Ltd.,2014.
 Fenner, “Mechanical Testing of Materials”, George Newnes Ltd. London.
 Holes K A, “Experimental Strength of Materials”, English Universities Press Ltd.
London.
 Suryanarayana A K, “Testing of Metallic Materials”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. New
Delhi.
 Kukreja C B, Kishore K. and Ravi Chawla “Material Testing Laboratory Manual”,
Standard Publishers & Distributors1996.
 Relevant latest IS Codes.

CO & PSO - PO Mapping (Individual Teacher has to fill)

Mapping of Course Outcomes and Program specific outcomes to Program Outcomes

Program Specific
Course Program outcomes
Outcomes
outcomes
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 PSO4

CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5
Total
Average
Level 0: Not Mapped, 1: Low Mapped, 2: Moderately Mapped 3: Highly Mapped
Note: Depending on the Assessment tool used, higher order POs Can be identified by the
concerned course instructor.
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

Building Information Modelling in Civil Engineering Semester 4

Course Code BCV405A CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 2:2:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 Understand the concept of Building Information Modelling
 Create the workflow followed in industry during creation of BIM 3D model which includes
 Building the discipline-based model and create the federated models
 Design the process of creating the 4D & 5D BIM model
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Blackboard teaching
2. Power point Presentation
3. Videos, NPTEL materials
4. Quiz/Assignments/Open book test to develop skills.
5. Adopt problem-based learning (PBL) to develop analytical and thinking skills.

Module-1
Evolution of Engineering, Introduction to BIM Concepts and Design Authoring: Evolution of
Engineering from 2D drawings to BIM Model, Isometric View, Limitation of Isometric views
and concept of 3D-Modeling, Building Information Modelling – Introduction & Process,
Design Authoring – Concepts and workflow, Fundamentals of Discipline Based Modelling,
Introduction to stages of BIM Modelling process as per ISO 19650, Federated model- concepts
and demonstrations, workflow of design coordination, Engineering Analysis – Concept and
types of analysis, Process and workflow of Design Review in BIM.
Module-2
Visualization and Interference/Clash check: Views in BIM Model, Visualization Modes,
Walkthrough of the Model, Fly through the model, Layers & Properties, Concept of
viewpoints, Sectioning and Visualization through Tablet and Mobile, Concept of BIM Kiosk &
BIM Rooms, Visualization through Augment Reality (AR), Virtual Reality (VR) & Mixed
Reality (MR) Clash Check – Types, Clash avoidance process, Clash Detection Process, Clash
Detection Priority Matrix and Report generation, Clash Detection Rules, Report, Grouping,
Clash Detection Process – Demo.
Module-3
Documentation & CDE & Level of Development: Documentation and CDE (Common Data
Environment) -2D drawings generation from BIM Model, Computer Network types, Concept
of Cloud Computing, Concept and Application of CDE: Traditional Information Sharing,
Definition, Reference, and Concept, Setting up the workflow and process for CDE- File
naming convention, Roles and Responsibilities, Request for Information and Review Process
Concept of LOD (Level of Development), preparation of LOD matrix and Progression
matrixDefinition of LOD, Level of Detail and Information, LOD- Wall foundation, Precast
Structural Inverted T-Beam, Domestic Water Piping, Plumbing Fixture, Packaged Generator
Assembly, LOD- Chart, Matrix and Model Progression Matrix
Module-4

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

4D / Field BIM & Its Applications: Introduction to 4D / Field BIM: Concept of 4D, Introduction
to construction sequence and project schedule, Project scheduling using Gantt Chart and its
limitation, 4D BIM ModelingProject demo and workflow, Synchronization of 4D BIM Model
with project schedule, Reviewing project progress w.r.t planned dates and actual dates,
Generation of Reports Application of Field BIM/ 4D BIM: Understanding concept and usage of
BIM in field for coordination- 3D Coordination and Visual Communication, Site utilization
planning and Construction analysis, Application of wearables in coordination. 3D Control and
planning Other Applications of Field BIM/ 4D BIM: Concept and usages of BIM in field for
safety, disaster and risk analysis, digital fabrication and scan to BIM, Existing Condition
Modeling, Phase Planning, As-built/ Record Models
Module-5
5D BIM, AIM & Beyond BIM - Emerging Trends: 5D BIM: Introduction concepts of 5D BIM,
Quantity take off with UoM, Concept of QTO with UoM, 5D BIM with UoM with cost,
Quantity take off exercise, Demo of Quantity take off: Understanding QTO for Wall, Plaster &
Tile, BIM Maturity LOD and General Practice of QTO, Cost Breakup structures, 5D BIM and
cost control AIM: Introduction to Asset Information Model (AIM), COBie structures and Asset
Information Deliverables, Space Attributes and Asset Attributes- Examples with data, Asset
requirementDiscipline wise Infrastructure System, Classification code and Information
Exchange, Information Exchange with Facility Management Beyond BIM: Emerging Trends-
Concepts of Industrialisation, IoT, Big Data, Data Analytics and their applications in BIM:
Industrialisation of Construction through BIM- DfMA, IoT in BIM, BIM and Big data, Data
Analytics using AI & ML Future scope of BIM Applications: Smart Infrastructure and the need
for connected infrastructure, Digital twins- Concepts and benefits, National Digital Twin or a
City level Digital Twin in a Smart City, Fundamental requirements for the success of a Digital
Twin and its uses, Digital Twin applications in diverse industries.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. Interpret the basic principles of BIM evolution and concept of BIM in lifecycle of project
2. Understand the workflows of Design authoring followed in industry during creation of 3D
model
3. Analyze the engineering analysis and the process followed in industry to check and resolve
clashes
4. Evaluate the integration of schedule and cost in 3D model using 4D and 5D BIM
5. Illustrate the various emerging trends of BIM & concept of digital twin

2
 Annexure-II 3 22.07.2023

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A
student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted
to each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum
total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment
Test component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the
second test will be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then
only one assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two
assignments at the end of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. ISO 19650 - Building Information
Modelling (BIM)
2. BIM Handbook – Chuck Eastman, Paul Teicholz, Rafael Sacks, Kathleen Liston

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 E-learning content on L&T EduTech Platform.

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Create a plan of residential building and practice BIM tools

3
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

Construction Equipment, Plants and Machinery Semester 4

Course Code BCV405B CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 2:2:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 To provide insight on the different functions and operations of different equipment and
techniques during construction
 To impart knowledge on the various maintenance and safety to be considered during
construction
 To acquire knowledge on the life cycle of a construction equipment
 To adopt mechanization in the Construction industry

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Blackboard teaching
2. Power point Presentation
3. Videos, NPTEL materials
4. Quiz/Assignments/Open book test to develop skills.
5. Adopt problem-based learning (PBL) to develop analytical and thinking skills.

Module-1
Basics and Hydraulics of Construction Equipment: Introduction to Construction Equipment-
Functions, Operations of Construction EquipmentIntroduction to Four & Two Stroke Engine
and their components- Introduction and Components to Automobiles. Introduction to
Principles of Hydraulic- Calculation of Pressure, Force & Flow- Components of a Hydraulic
System- Basic layout of Hydraulic SystemApplications of Hydraulics- Strand Jack Operation
Module-2
Concreting, Earth Moving, Road Making and Quarry/Mining Equipment: Operations of a
Batching Plant - Introduction and Components of Concrete Pump & Placer- Concrete Pipeline-
Laying and Cleaning- Bulldozer- Classification and Components- Classification, Components
and Attachments of Excavator- Backhoe Loader- Classification & components- Introduction
and classification to Hot mix Plant Process of Asphalt Paver-PQC Paver- Classification &
Components- Motor Grader Classification & Components- Horizontal Movement Vehicles-
Quarry/Mining
Module-3
Equipment Life Cycle Management: Life Cycle of an Equipment- Equipment Performance
Parameters - Introduction to Maintenance- Types of Maintenance- Maintenance Practices
Module-4
Tunnelling Equipment / Piling Equipment: Introduction to Tunnel Boring Machines- Details and
Operation of a Hard-Rock TBM Details of Earth Pressure Balance (EPB) TBM- Details and
operation of Slurry TBM & Components- Hydraulic Grabs- Piling Rig
Module-5
Mechanization and Digitalization in Construction and Safety in Construction Equipment:
Importance of Digital Analytics- Digital Solution in Construction Projects- Importance of
Mechanization - Railway Track Construction- Rebar Processing Machine- Operation of
1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

Mechanized Equipment- Introduction to 3D Concrete Printer- Importance of Safety- Various

PPE & Purpose- Safety of Men & Machines at Work- Safety During Construction Activities
Safety with Tools & Tackles
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. Evaluate equipment and techniques required during construction
2. Understand the operation of a batching plant.
3. Analyse the equipment life cycle management.
4. Comprehend mechanization and digitalisation in construction

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A
student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted
to each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum
total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment
Test component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the
second test will be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then
only one assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two
assignments at the end of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Velumani. P, “Construction Techniques and Practices”, SIA Publishers & Distributers Pvt
Ltd, 2020.
2. Dr. Manoranjan Samal, “Advanced Construction Techniques and Equipment” S.K. Kataria
& Sons
3. S.C.Sharma, “Construction Equipment and management” E-Book .2019

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

2
 Annexure-II 3 22.07.2023

 E-learning content on L&T EduTech Platform.

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Visit to construction site to understand construction equipments

3
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

Concreting Techniques and Practices Semester 4

Course Code BCV405C CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 2:2:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 To present the basics of concrete and different materials used in it.
 To impart knowledge on materials used in concrete, relevant Indian standard codes, and
practical aspects on concreting activities at projects.
 To explain the importance of making good quality concrete to build durable structures.
 To introduce the Design of concrete mixes from the Industrial experiences at Sites and
optimization of higher grades of Concrete.
 To learn the best practices in concrete construction from industry’s decades of experiences,
thumb rules, mitigation of concreting issues at Sites
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Blackboard teaching
2. Power point Presentation
3. Videos, NPTEL materials
4. Quiz/Assignments/Open book test to develop skills.
5. Adopt problem-based learning (PBL) to develop analytical and thinking skills.

Module-1
Introduction to concrete, overview of materials- cement, low carbon cement, coarse aggregate
and fine aggregate, and mineral admixture:- fly ash, GGBS, micro silica / silica fume,
metakaolin / rice husk ash, composite cement and ultrafine materials, lab test - fineness of fly
ash, recycled aggregate
Module-2
Water and chemical admixture: source, requirements, limits and testing Blending of aggregate
-: Blending of fine and coarse aggregate, gradation for optimization and practical aspects.
Module-3
Mix design - Volumetric mix design, mix design by absolute volume method, worked out
practical examples based on industries experience at project sites over several decades, higher
grades of concrete, high performance concrete, test on concrete: workability of concrete,
flexural and compressive strength tests.
Module-4
Production of concrete-: batching plant, calibration, mixing and transportation of concrete
handling of concrete at construction, ready-mix concrete, pumping, placing of concrete with
boom placers, levelling, vibration and compaction, cold joints, finishing and curing and
protection of concrete
Module-5
Special types of concrete: self-compacting concrete, mass concrete, dry lean concrete,
geopolymer concrete, pavement quality concrete, fiber reinforced concrete, composite concrete,
lightweight concrete, ferrocement, shotcreteing, guniting, grouting, challenges faced at sites:
plastic shrinkage cracks, plastic settlement, honey comb, bug holes, cover to concrete, do's and

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

don’ts in concrete construction, site shoot, introduction on 3D printing.

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. Evaluate the properties of concrete by conducting test on cement, aggregate and concrete
(with & without admixtures) for using the data for Mix design procedures
2. Understand to Select and proportionate different materials used in a concrete mix including
admixtures
3. Design a concrete mix as per requirement of construction project
4. Apply the best practices in concrete construction from industry’s requirement, thumb rules,
mitigation of concreting issues at Sites.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the SEE
minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be deemed to
have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the
student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal
Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment Test
component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the second test will
be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then only one
assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two assignments at the end
of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Concrete Technology by M. S. Shetty, S Chand, New Delhi-110055.
2. Concrete Technology by M. L. Gambhir, Tata McGraw-Hill.
3. IS 456, IS 269, IS 516, IS 1786, IS 1893, IS 12269, IS 9103, IS 8112
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 E-learning content on L&T EduTech Platform.
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Visit to construction site to understand concreting process

2
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

Watershed Management Semester 4

Course Code BCV405D CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 2:2:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Examination type (SEE) Theory/practical/Viva-Voce /Term-work/Others
Course objectives:
 To understand Watershed Hydrology
 To estimate water demand and learn, water conservation methods
 To understand application of Remote Sensing and GIS in watershed management
 Sustainable measures for watershed management

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
 Power point Presentation, video
 Video tube, NPTEL materials
 Quiz/Assignments/Open book test to develop skills
 Encourage collaborative learning in the class with site visits related to subject and
impart practical knowledge
Module-1
Principles of Watershed Management: Basics concepts, hydrology and water
availability, surface water, ground water, conjunctive use, human influences in the water
resources system.
Module-2
Water resources systems: Integrated water resources system, river basins-
morphometric analysis of watersheds for watershed management, watershed
management practices in arid and semi-arid regions, watershed management through
wells, management of water supply, short term and long-term strategic planning.
Module-3
Conservation of Water: Perspective on recycle and reuse, wastewater reclamation, social
aspects of watershed management and community participation, private sector
participation, institutional issues, socio-economy, integrated development, water
legislation and implementations, case studies.
Water Harvesting: Rainwater management, conservation, storage and effective
utilization of rainwater, structures for rainwater harvesting, roof catchments system,
check dams, aquifer storage.
Module-4
Sustainable Watershed Approach: Sustainable integrated watershed management,
natural resources management, agricultural practices, integrated farming, soil erosion and
conservation.
Module-5
Applications of RS and GIS in Watershed management: Role of decision support system
in watershed management, watershed characteristics of coastal regions, coastal aquifer tor
management, uniqueness of coastal water resources.

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
 Discuss surface and ground water resources system and, human influences.
 Integrate water resources system in arid and semi-arid regions and explain watershed aquifer
for management.
 Analyse water resources related issues for conservation and synthesize augmentation of water
resources.
 Design integrated watershed management system.
 Apply modern tools in watershed management.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A
student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted
to each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum
total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment
Test component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the
second test will be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then
only one assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two
assignments at the end of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.
Note: Subject to be taught by Geologist with qualification M. Sc Geology/MPhil/ Ph. D in
Geology or Faculty of Civil Engineering
5.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Singh Vir, Raj., “Watershed Planning and Management”, Yash Publishing House, Bikaner.3rd
Revised Edition, 2016.
2. Murthy, J. V. S., “Watershed Management in India”, New Age Publishers, New Delhi. 2nd Edition,
2017.
3. “Decision Support System for Integrated Watershed Management”, Colorad State University.
2012.
4. Tideman, E. M., “Watershed Management”, Omega Scientific Publishers, New Delhi, 2002
2
 Annexure-II 3 22.07.2023

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wkPu4LwRKro
 https://youtu.be/wkPu4LwRKro
 https://youtu.be/wkPu4LwRKro
 https://youtu.be/wkPu4LwRKro

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Seminars/Quiz (To assist in GATE Preparations)
 Self-Study on simple topics
 Discussion of case studies
 Field visits to construction sites

3
TEMPLATE for AEC (if the course is a theory) Annexure-IV 22.07.2023

Finance for Professionals Semester 4

Course Code BCV456A CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 1:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 15 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 1
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 To give learners an overview of finance and develop their finance sense

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Blackboard teaching
2. Power point Presentation
3. Videos, NPTEL materials
4. Quiz/Assignments/Open book test to develop skills.

Module-1
Economics: Introduction to economics, Economic policies, Role of monetary policy in
managing the economy
Module-2
Finance Vocabulary and Financial Statements: Unique role of finance, Unique role of finance
example, Accounting, finance & auditing, Capital vs. revenue, Capital vs. revenue example,
Sources & uses of funds, Sources & uses of funds example, Revenue recognition principles,
Double entry bookkeeping, Illustration of double entry book keeping, Understanding profit &
loss, Understanding profit & loss example, Profit and profitability, Profit and profitability
example 1, Profit and profitability example 2
Module-3
Financial Statement and Risk Analysis: Finance metrics & financial statement analysis, Finance
metrics & financial statement analysis example, understanding liquidity, understanding
liquidity example, Funds flow analysis, Example of funds flow analysis, Cash flow analysis,
Example of cash flow analysis, Introduction to risk management, understanding risk
management example, Management of risk, understanding risk management measurement
example, Understanding risk management products example, Holistic look at risk management.
Module-4
Time Value of Money: Time value of money, understanding time value of money, understanding
financial functions, Applications of time value of money, Capital structure, Capital structure
example, Cost of capital, Cost of capital example, Capital budgeting, Understanding capital
budgeting - example
Module-5
Personal Finance: Financial Instrument, Approaches to investing, Ratios for investment, Portfolio
management principles, Example of portfolio, forming a portfolio, Forming a portfolio example
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
1. Understand how their work and effort contribute to
organizational financial performance
2. Comprehend financial acumen and tools to optimize outcomes

1
TEMPLATE for AEC (if the course is a theory) Annexure-IV 22.07.2023

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A
student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted
to each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum
total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.

Continuous internal Examination (CIE)

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment
Test component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the second
test will be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then
only one assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two
assignments at the end of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examinations (SEE)

SEE paper shall be set for 50 questions, each of the 01 marks. The pattern of the question paper is MCQ
(multiple choice questions). The time allotted for SEE is 01 hour. The student has to secure a minimum of
35% of the maximum marks meant for SEE.
OR
MCQ (Multiple Choice Questions) are preferred for 01 credit courses, however, if course content demands the
general question paper pattern that followed for 03 credit course, then
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 10 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module may or may not
have the sub-questions (with maximum sub-questions of 02, with marks distributions 5+5, 4+6, 3+7).
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Financial Management: Theory & Practice | 11th Edition by Prasanna Chandra
2. International Financial Reporting Standards (Bangalore Univ)

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 E-learning content on L&T EduTech Platform.

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Case study to understand the project finance concept

2
TEMPLATE for AEC (if the course is a theory) Annexure-IV 22.07.2023

GIS with Quantum GIS Semester 4

Course Code BCV456B CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 0:2:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 15 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 1
Examination type (SEE) Theory/practical/Viva-Voce /Term-work/Others
Course objectives:
 Learning the open source QGIS software for Civil Engineering applications
 Understand raster and vector data
 Creation of base map and thematic maps for specific application

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Demonstration of open source software for GIS
2. YouTube videos to learn GIS software
3. Power Point presentations.
Module-1
QGIS Introduction: Definition of GIS and its use. Introduction to a free and open source
desktop geographic information system software. Types of data (vector and raster formats),
web services, useful commands and utilities for geo-processing, extending its capabilities to
digital satellite image processing and analysis
Module-2
INTRODUCTION IN QGIS About QGIS Characteristics of QGIS Start using QGIS. QGIS
TOOLS QGIS Configuration, General tools, Working with projections QGIS Browser.
WORKING WITH RASTER DATA Introduction, Display raster data, Raster calculator,
Working with images, Practical exercises: Working with raster data and operations with
images. Module-3
QGIS PLUGINS Additional modules of QGIS or “plugins” Description of Plugins incorporated
in QGIS Operations through “plugins” Practical exercises: Different QGIS “plugins” and their
applications: GDAL library tool, georeferencing, coordinate capture, format converter.

Module-4
CREATE MAPS AND RELATED PRODUCTS: Creation tools, Graphic elements, Atlases
generation, and Graphic output creations. Practical exercises: Map creation with QGIS.

Module-5
RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS AND SPATIAL DATA. Database
design, Database connections, Table joins Spatial joins, generate new statistics and new data
using table and spatial data information. Practical exercises: Creation of thematic maps like
population data of taluk, Watershed map with drainage and water bodies, Highway with other 2
road intersection details

1
TEMPLATE for AEC (if the course is a theory) Annexure-IV 22.07.2023

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to:
1. Use open source software for civil engineering applications
2. Various tools in QGIS software
3. Create thematic layers with attribute data
4. Generate maps for decision making

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the SEE minimum passing mark is
35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in
the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

Continuous internal Examination (CIE)

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment Test component, there
are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the second test will be
administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then only one assignment
for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two assignments at the end of the semester if two
assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examinations (SEE)

SEE paper shall be set for 50 questions, each of the 01 marks. The pattern of the question paper is MCQ (multiple choice
questions). The time allotted for SEE is 01 hour. The student has to secure a minimum of 35% of the maximum marks
meant for SEE.
OR
MCQ (Multiple Choice Questions) are preferred for 01 credit courses, however, if course content demands the general
question paper pattern that followed for 03 credit course, then
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 10 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module may or may not have the sub-
questions (with maximum sub-questions of 02, with marks distributions 5+5, 4+6, 3+7).
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Geographic Information System-An Introduction, Tor Bernharadsen, 2009, 3rd Edition,
Wiley India Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, ISBN - 9788126511389.
2. Principles of Remote sensing and Image Interpretation, Lillesand and Kiefer, 2011, 6th
Edition, John Wiley Publishers, New Delhi, ISBN – 8126532238.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 YouTube videos
 https://docs.qgis.org/3.16/pdf/en/QGIS-3.16-DesktopUserGuide-en.pdf for QGIS manual
 NPTEL Lectures.
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Prepare the thematic maps using google earth images for various applications

2
TEMPLATE for AEC (if the course is a theory) Annexure-IV 22.07.2023

Electronic Waste Management - Issues and Challenges Semester 4

Course Code BCV456C CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 0:2:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 15 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 1
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 To provide students with a comprehensive understanding of e-waste and its impact on the
environment.
 To familiarize students with the generation, composition, and hazardous components of e-waste.
 To highlight the health and environmental risks associated with improper e-waste management.
 To introduce students to various methods of e-waste collection, recycling, and disposal.
 To develop an understanding of the relevant policies and regulations governing e-waste
management in India.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Blackboard teaching
2. Power point Presentation
3. Videos, NPTEL materials

Module-1
Introduction to E-Waste Management, Overview of e-waste and its impact on the environment,

Module-2
E-Waste Generation and Composition, Types of e-waste and their components

Module-3
E-Waste Hazards and Environmental Impacts, Health and environmental risks associated with e-
waste
Module-4
E-Waste Collection and Recycling, Methods of e-waste collection, recycling, and disposal

Module-5
E-Waste Management Policies and Regulations, Relevant laws, policies, and regulations in India

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to:
1. Explain the concept of e-waste and its significance in the context of environmental sustainability.
2. Identify and classify different types of e-waste and describe their components.
3. Recognize the potential health and environmental hazards associated with improper e-waste
management.
4. Evaluate and apply appropriate methods for the collection, recycling, and disposal of e-waste.
5. Demonstrate knowledge of the existing policies, regulations, and frameworks for e-waste management in
India

1
TEMPLATE for AEC (if the course is a theory) Annexure-IV 22.07.2023

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the SEE
minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be deemed to
have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student
secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation)
and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

Continuous internal Examination (CIE)

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment Test
component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the second test will
be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then only one
assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two assignments at the end of
the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examinations (SEE)

SEE paper shall be set for 50 questions, each of the 01 marks. The pattern of the question paper is MCQ
(multiple choice questions). The time allotted for SEE is 01 hour. The student has to secure a minimum of
35% of the maximum marks meant for SEE.
OR
MCQ (Multiple Choice Questions) are preferred for 01 credit courses, however, if course content demands the
general question paper pattern that followed for 03 credit course, then
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 10 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module may or may not
have the sub-questions (with maximum sub-questions of 02, with marks distributions 5+5, 4+6, 3+7).
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. “E-Waste Management: From Waste to Resource” by R. K. Rathore and H. N. Chanakya, TERI Press, 2019
2. “E-Waste in India: An Emerging Crisis” by Sangeeta Sharma, Cambridge Scholars Publishing, 2019
3. “E-Waste Management: Research, Technology, and Applications”, Majeti Narasimha Vara Prasad, CRC
Press, 2016
4. “Electronic Waste Management and Treatment Technology” by Rezaul Begg, R. M. Sarcar, and R. V. R.
Singh, Springer, 2018
5. “E-Waste Management: From Waste to Resource” by Florin-Constantin Mihai, Academic Press, 2018

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 NPTEL video Lectures.
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Visit to an E-waste management industry

2
TEMPLATE for AEC (if the course is a theory) Annexure-IV 22.07.2023

Technical Writing Skills Semester 4

Course Code BCV456D CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 1:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 15 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 1
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 Achieve better Technical writing and Presentation skills for employment.
 Develop adequate knowledge of paragraph writing and precise writing techniques
 Write business proposals and reports.
 Write conference papers and prepare gist of published papers.
 Develop efficiency in drafting social media posts and blogs.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Chalk and talk
2. Power point Presentation, video
3. Practice sessions.

Module-1
Technical Report Writing: Introduction to Technical writing process, Understanding of
writing process, Introduction to various Technical Report writing.

Module-2
Art of condensation and Paragraph Writing: Introduction and importance, Types and
principles of condensation. Importance of paragraph writing, Features and its construction
styles.
Module-3
Business Report Writing: Introduction, Definition and Salient features of Business reports.
Significance and types of report writing. (Formal and Informal). Resume building and Types of
resumes. (samples of resumes)
Module-4
Technical Articles and Proposals: Nature and significance, Types of technical Articles Journal
articles and conference papers. Elements of technical articles .Introduction to technical proposal
writing, Purpose, importance, structure and types of technical proposals.
Module-5
Social media posts and Blog Writing: Ethics and practices of social media posts, Principles and
fundamentals, Guiding principles for composition of articles, some common pitfalls. Maintaining
common etiquette. Blogs and Blog writings strategies.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
1. Effectively communicate in technical matters.
2. Practice preparation of gist, abstract and notes from a technical article.
3. Prepare a business proposals and reports.
4. Write and respond in social media and write blogs.

1
TEMPLATE for AEC (if the course is a theory) Annexure-IV 22.07.2023

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the SEE
minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be deemed to
have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student
secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation)
and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

Continuous internal Examination (CIE)

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment Test
component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the second test will
be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then only one
assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two assignments at the end of
the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examinations (SEE)

SEE paper shall be set for 50 questions, each of the 01 marks. The pattern of the question paper is MCQ
(multiple choice questions). The time allotted for SEE is 01 hour. The student has to secure a minimum of
35% of the maximum marks meant for SEE.
OR
MCQ (Multiple Choice Questions) are preferred for 01 credit courses, however, if course content demands the
general question paper pattern that followed for 03 credit course, then
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 10 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module may or may not
have the sub-questions (with maximum sub-questions of 02, with marks distributions 5+5, 4+6, 3+7).
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Sanjay Kumar and Pushpalata, ‘Communication Skills’, Oxford University Press. 2018.
2. M. Ashraf Rizvi, ‘Effective Technical Communication’, McGraw Hill, 2018.
3. Gajendra Singh Chauhan and et.al. ‘Technical Communication’, Cengage Publication, 2018.
4. Meenakshi Raman and Sangeeta Sharma, Technical Communication Principles and Practice,
Oxford University Press, 2018.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://developers.google.com/tech-writing/announcements
 https://www.classcentral.com/course/technical-writing-7117.

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Demonstrations of Videos
 Group Discussion
 Practice sessions
 Presentation on any social issues
 Quizzes

2
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

Construction Management and Entrepreneurship Semester 5

Course Code BCV501 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 3:0:0;0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 To understand the concept of Scheduling and cost management in construction project
 To go through the Statutory and regulatory requirements in construction
 To explain the concept of procurement and contract management
 To understand Quality and Safety during construction.
 To identify the risks and its management.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1. Chalk and talk
2. PPT
3. YouTube video lectures
4. Open book test to understand the concepts..

Module-1
Planning and Scheduling
Construction project formulation – construction management, define scope – scope management, types of
project planning and its management, Statutory and regulatory requirements- layout and building plan
approval, contract, Fire and Safety, Quality, Environmental, commencement certificate, legal and public
policies.
Schedule management – WBS, Bar Charts, Sequencing and Dependency, Network Diagram, Activity
Duration, Critical Path Method, PERT, Case study.
Cost Management - Creating schedules, Assigning Resources, Cost, Evaluation, Optimization and Tracking.
Module-2
Resource management
Resource Management - Basic concepts of resource management, class of labour, Wages &
statutory requirement, Labor Production rate or Productivity, Factors affecting labour output or
Module-3 of construction equipment, estimation of
productivity. Construction Equipment - classification
Contract and
productivity for:Procurement management
excavator, dozer, compactors, graders, and dumpers.
Procurement – procurement types, planning, stages – procurement execution – sustainable
procurement management
Construction contract –formation, types, essential elements, contract law – tendering process-
contract award – Documentation – contractor and sub-contractor management –claims – disputes-
compensation – breach of contract – project completion and project closure
Module-4
Quality, Safety and Risk Management
Quality Management - Occupational Health, Safety and Environment, Barriers, Quality Management System –
Chart and tools.
Safety management - safety requirements, Safety and Health codes.
Risk management - Process, Terminology, Identification, Analysis and Response Strategy Completion
certificate, occupancy certificate, Facilities management
Module-5
Introduction to Entrepreneurship –
Characteristics of a Successful Entrepreneur, Understand the entrepreneurial journey, different
entrepreneurial styles, personality traits, strengths, and weaknesses. 5M Model, Communication skills:
communication breakdown- miscommunication and poor listening, rectification.
1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

Business Planning Process: Business planning process, marketing plan, financial plan, project report and
feasibility study, guidelines for preparation of model project report for starting a new venture. Introduction
to international entrepreneurship opportunities, entry into international business, exporting, direct foreign
investment, venture capital.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. Develop WBS and estimate the resource requirements
2. Analyse the cost control monitoring and accounting methods for a project
3. Understand the Statutory and legal requirements for a construction
4. Prepare the plan for procurement management and Risk mitigation.
5. Understand the concept of entrepreneurship and business planning.

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A
student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted
to each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum
total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment
Test component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the
second test will be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then
only one assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two
assignments at the end of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Chitkara, K.K, “Construction Project Management: Planning Scheduling and Control”, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company, New Delhi.
2. Dr. U.K. Shrivastava “Construction Planning and Management”, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.
3. Engineering Economics, R Panneerselvam, Eastern Economy Edition 2001, PHI, ISBN – 81- 203-1743-2.
4. Cost Accounting, Khan M Y, 2nd Edition, 2000, Tata McGraw-Hill, ISBN 0070402248
5. Mechanical Estimating & Costing, T.R.Banga, S.C.Sharma, 16th Edition, 2011, Khanna Publishers, ISBN
8174091009

2
 Annexure-II 3 22.07.2023

6. Poornima M. Charantimath, “Entrepreneurship Development and Small Business Enterprise”, Dorling

Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd., Licensees of Pearson education.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 NPTEL VIDEOS.

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Seminars/Quizz(To assist in GATE Preparations
 ● Self Study on simple topics
 ● Case Study Presentation

3
MKV-TEMPLATE for IPCC (26.04.2022) Annexure-III 22.07.2023

Geotechnical Engineering Semester 5

Course Code BCV502 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 hours Theory + 8-10 Lab slots Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours 03
Examination nature (SEE) Theory

Course objectives:
 Appreciate basic concepts of soil mechanics as an integral part in civil engineering.
 Comprehend basic engineering and mechanical properties of different types of soil.
 Become broadly familiar with geotechnical engineering requirements, such as, flow of water
through soil medium and compaction characteristics.
 Model and measure strength & settlement characteristics and bearing capacity of soils.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

1. Use of Black Board, PPT and modern learning tools for teaching
2. Performing laboratory experiments to assess the desired properties of soil
MODULE-1
INDEX PROPERTIES AND IS CLASSIFICATION
Index Properties: Phase Diagram, definitions, and their interrelationships. Determination of Index
properties, Types of soil structures and Clay Minerals, IS soil classification of Soil.
MODULE-2
SOIL WATER-EFFECTIVE STRESS ANALYSIS
Soil Water: Permeability, Darcy’s law-assumption and validity, coefficient of permeability and its
determination (only laboratory method), permeability of stratified soils. Capillary phenomenon,
Flow net characteristics and applications
Effective Stress Analysis: Effective stress concept-total stress, effective stress and Neutral stress.

MODULE-3
COMPACTION AND CONSOLIDATION
Compaction: Principle of compaction, Standard and Modified proctor’s compaction tests, factors
affecting compaction, effect of compaction on soil properties, Field compaction control
Mass-spring analogy, Terzaghi’s one dimensional consolidation theory (No derivation).
Consolidation characteristics of soil (Cc, av, mv and Cv). Laboratory one dimensional consolidation
test, Pre-consolidation pressure and its determination by Casagrande’s method.
MODULE-4
SHEAR STRENGTH
Concept of shear strength, Mohr–Coulomb Failure Criterion, Modified Mohr–Coulomb Criterion
Total and effective shear strength parameters, Measurement of shear strength parameters - Direct
shear test, unconfined compression test, triaxial compression test and field Vane shear test, Factors
affecting shear strength of soils.
MODULE-5

1
MKV-TEMPLATE for IPCC (26.04.2022) Annexure-III 22.07.2023

BEARING CAPACITY AND SETTLEMENT

Bearing Capacity: Types of foundations, Determination of bearing capacity by Terzaghi’s and BIS
methods (IS: 6403), Modes of shear failure, Factors affecting Bearing capacity of soil. Effect of water
table and load eccentricity on bearing capacity of soil, Field methods of determining bearing
capacity of soil (SPT and plate load test).
Settlement: Types of settlements and importance, Computation of immediate and consolidation
settlement, permissible differential and total settlements (IS 8009 Part 1).

PRACTICAL COMPONENT OF IPCC

Sl.
Experiments
No
1 Water content determination by oven drying, Rapid moisture meter method
2 Grain size analysis (Sieve analysis of soil)

3 In-situ density tests i) Core-cutter method ii) Sand replacement method

Consistency limits i) Liquid limit test (by Casagrande's and cone penetration method) &
4
ii) Plastic limit test
5 Co-efficient of permeability test i) Constant head test ii). Variable head test

6 Standard compaction test (light compaction only)

7 Direct shear test

8 Unconfined compression test & Laboratory vane shear test

9 Triaxial test (unconsolidated undrained test only)

10 Demonstration of Standard penetration test & Boring equipment

11 Demonstration of Proctors Needle

12 Demonstration of Vane shear test

Course outcomes (Course Skill Set):
At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Comprehend the fundamentals of Soil mechanics and identify and classify the soil
 Apply the knowledge to determine MDD and OMC and compute consolidation properties and
shear parameters of soil and compute the settlement and bearing capacity of soil
 Apply the knowledge to determine shear parameters of soil and compute the settlement and
bearing capacity of soil
 Carry out experiments to assess the index properties of soil and determine Compaction,
Permeability and Shear Strength characteristics of soil.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and
2
MKV-TEMPLATE for IPCC (26.04.2022) Annexure-III 22.07.2023

for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student
shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of
the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

CIE for the theory component of the IPCC (maximum marks 50)
 IPCC means practical portion integrated with the theory of the course.
 CIE marks for the theory component are 25 marks and that for the practical component is 25
marks.
 25 marks for the theory component are split into 15 marks for two Internal Assessment Tests
(Two Tests, each of 15 Marks with 01-hour duration, are to be conducted) and 10 marks for
other assessment methods mentioned in 22OB4.2. The first test at the end of 40-50% coverage
of the syllabus and the second test after covering 85-90% of the syllabus.
 Scaled-down marks of the sum of two tests and other assessment methods will be CIE marks for
the theory component of IPCC (that is for 25 marks).
 The student has to secure 40% of 25 marks to qualify in the CIE of the theory component of IPCC.

CIE for the practical component of the IPCC

 15 marks for the conduction of the experiment and preparation of laboratory record, and 10
marks for the test to be conducted after the completion of all the laboratory sessions.
 On completion of every experiment/program in the laboratory, the students shall be evaluated
including viva-voce and marks shall be awarded on the same day.
 The CIE marks awarded in the case of the Practical component shall be based on the continuous
evaluation of the laboratory report. Each experiment report can be evaluated for 10 marks.
Marks of all experiments’ write-ups are added and scaled down to 15 marks.
 The laboratory test (duration 02/03 hours) after completion of all the experiments shall be
conducted for 50 marks and scaled down to 10 marks.
 Scaled-down marks of write-up evaluations and tests added will be CIE marks for the laboratory
component of IPCC for 25 marks.
 The student has to secure 40% of 25 marks to qualify in the CIE of the practical component of the
IPCC.

SEE for IPCC

Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the course (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored by the student shall be proportionally scaled down to 50 Marks
The theory portion of the IPCC shall be for both CIE and SEE, whereas the practical portion will

3
MKV-TEMPLATE for IPCC (26.04.2022) Annexure-III 22.07.2023

have a CIE component only. Questions mentioned in the SEE paper may include questions from
the practical component.
Suggested Learning Resources:

Text Books
1. Gopal Ranjan and Rao A.S.R., Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics, New Age International (P) Ltd.,
New Delhi. 2016
2. Murthy V.N.S., Principles of Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, UBS Publishers and
Distributors, New Delhi. 2018
3. Braja, M. Das, Geotechnical Engineering; Thomson Business Information India (P) Ltd., India.
2015
4. Punmia B C, Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, Laxmi Publications co., New Delhi.
2017
5. Soil Testing for Engineers by S. Mittal and J.P. Shukla 2020

Reference Books
1. T.W. Lambe and R.V. Whitman, Soil Mechanics-, John Wiley & Sons. 1991
2. Donald P Coduto, Geotechnical Engineering- Phi Learning Private Limited, New Delhi. 2010
3. Shashi K. Gulathi & Manoj Datta, Geotechnical Engineering-Tata McGraw Hill Publications.
2010
4. Bowles J E, Foundation analysis and design, McGraw- Hill Publications 5th edition 2001
5. Malcolm D Bolton, “A Guide to soil mechanics”, Universities Press., 2003
6. Manual of Soil Laboratory Testing- Head K.H., (1986)- Vol. I, II, III, Princeton Press, London
2006
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
Students may be teamed in to teams of four and given the task of determining the SBC of soil at any
site shown. They will be required to conduct all relevant tests and use the knowledge gained to
assess SBC of soil. This will address PO6, PO9, PO10 and PO12. If EXCEL is used for calculation of
bearing capacity, PO5 also will be addressed.

4
MKV-TEMPLATE for IPCC (26.04.2022) Annexure-III 22.07.2023

Concrete Technology Semester 5

Course Code BCV503 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 hours Theory + 8-10 Lab slots Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours 3hrs
Examination nature (SEE) Theory/practical/Viva-Voce /Term-work/Others
Course objectives:
 To recognize material characterization of ingredients of concrete and its influence on properties
of concrete
 To study the properties of fresh concrete and hardened concrete
 Proportion ingredients of Concrete to arrive at most desirable mechanical properties of
Concrete.
 Ascertain various types of special concrete with their properties.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies; that teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1. Blackboard teaching
2. Power point Presentation
3. Videos, NPTEL materials
4. Quiz/Assignments/Open book test to develop skills.
5. Adopt problem-based learning (PBL) to develop analytical and thinking skills.
6. Encourage collaborative learning, site visits related to subject and impart practical knowledge.

MODULE-1
Concrete Ingredients
Cement manufacturing process, chemical composition and their importance, hydration of cement, types of
cement. Testing of cement, steps to reduce carbon footprint.
Fine aggregate: Functions, requirement, Alternatives to River sand, M-sand introduction, and manufacturing.
Coarse aggregate: Importance of size, shape and texture. Grading and blending of aggregate. Testing on
aggregate, requirement. Recycled aggregates Water – qualities of water.
Chemical admixtures – plasticizers, accelerators, retarders, and air entraining agents. Mineral admixtures –
Pozzolanic and cementitious materials, Fly ash, GGBS, silica fumes, Metakaolin and rice husk ash.

MODULE-2
Fresh Concrete
Factors affecting workability. Measurement of workability–slump, Compaction factor and Vee-Bee
Consistometer tests, flow tests. Segregation and bleeding. Process of manufacturing of concrete- Batching,
Mixing, Transporting, Placing and Compaction. Curing – Methods of curing – Water curing, membrane curing,
steam curing, accelerated curing, self- curing. Good and Bad practices of making and using fresh concrete and
Effect of heat of hydration during mass concreting at project sites.
MODULE-3
Hardened Concrete
Factors influencing strength, W/C ratio, gel/space ratio, Maturity concept, testing of hardened concrete, Creep –
factors affecting creep. Shrinkage of concrete – plastic shrinking and drying shrinkage, Factors affecting
shrinkage. Definition and significance of durability. Internal and external factors influencing durability,
Mechanisms- Sulphate attack – chloride attack, carbonation, freezing and thawing. Corrosion, Durability
requirements as per IS-456, In situ testing of concrete- Penetration and pull-out test, rebound hammer test,
ultrasonic pulse velocity, core extraction – Principal, applications and limitations.
MODULE-4

1
MKV-TEMPLATE for IPCC (26.04.2022) Annexure-III 22.07.2023

Concrete Mix Design

Principles of concrete mix design, Parameters and factors influencing mix design, Concept of Mix Design with
and without admixtures, variables in proportioning and Exposure conditions, Selection criteria of ingredients
used for mix design, Procedure of mix proportioning. Numerical Examples of Mix Proportioning using IS-
10262:2019.

MODULE-5
Special Concretes
RMC-manufacture and requirement as per QCI-RMCPCS, properties, advantages, and disadvantages. Self-
Compacting concrete- concept, materials, tests, properties, application and typical mix Fiber reinforced concrete
- types of fibres, properties, application of FRC. Light weight concrete-material properties and types. Typical
light weight concrete mix proportion and applications, materials, requirements, mix proportion and properties
of Geo polymer Concrete, High Strength Concrete and High-Performance Concrete.
PRACTICAL COMPONENT OF IPCC
Sl.NO Experiments

1 Testing of cement: Consistency, fineness, setting time,

2 Specific Gravity, Soundness and strength of cement

3 Testing of fine aggregate: Specific Gravity, sieve analysis and zoning, bulking of fine

4 aggregate, bulk density, silt content.

5 Testing of coarse aggregate: Specific Gravity, sieve analysis, bulk density, flakiness index,

6 elongation index, water absorption & moisture content, soundness of aggregate.

7 Concrete Mix design by IS code method as per 10262- 2019 & 456-2000, DOE method.

8 Demonstration of Testing of concrete cube of specified strength

9 Demonstration of Testing of concrete beam for pure bending

Course outcomes (Course Skill Set):
At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
Relate material characteristics and their influence on microstructure of concrete.
Distinguish concrete behaviour based on its fresh and hardened properties.
Illustrate proportioning of different types of concrete mixes for required fresh and hardened properties
using professional codes.
Select a suitable type of concrete based on specific application.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the
SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be
deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/
course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

CIE for the theory component of the IPCC (maximum marks 50)
 IPCC means practical portion integrated with the theory of the course.
 CIE marks for the theory component are 25 marks and that for the practical component is 25

2
MKV-TEMPLATE for IPCC (26.04.2022) Annexure-III 22.07.2023

marks.
 25 marks for the theory component are split into 15 marks for two Internal Assessment Tests (Two
Tests, each of 15 Marks with 01-hour duration, are to be conducted) and 10 marks for other
assessment methods mentioned in 22OB4.2. The first test at the end of 40-50% coverage of the
syllabus and the second test after covering 85-90% of the syllabus.
 Scaled-down marks of the sum of two tests and other assessment methods will be CIE marks for the
theory component of IPCC (that is for 25 marks).
 The student has to secure 40% of 25 marks to qualify in the CIE of the theory component of IPCC.
CIE for the practical component of the IPCC

 15 marks for the conduction of the experiment and preparation of laboratory record, and 10 marks
for the test to be conducted after the completion of all the laboratory sessions.
 On completion of every experiment/program in the laboratory, the students shall be evaluated
including viva-voce and marks shall be awarded on the same day.
 The CIE marks awarded in the case of the Practical component shall be based on the continuous
evaluation of the laboratory report. Each experiment report can be evaluated for 10 marks. Marks of
all experiments’ write-ups are added and scaled down to 15 marks.
 The laboratory test (duration 02/03 hours) after completion of all the experiments shall be
conducted for 50 marks and scaled down to 10 marks.
 Scaled-down marks of write-up evaluations and tests added will be CIE marks for the laboratory
component of IPCC for 25 marks.
 The student has to secure 40% of 25 marks to qualify in the CIE of the practical component of the
IPCC.
SEE for IPCC
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the course (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scoredby the student shall be proportionally scaled down to 50 Marks
The theory portion of the IPCC shall be for both CIE and SEE, whereas the practical portion will
have a CIE component only. Questions mentioned in the SEE paper may include questions from
the practical component.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
Neville A.M. “Properties of Concrete”-4th Ed., Longman.
M.S. Shetty, Concrete Technology - Theory and Practice Published by S. Chand and Company, New Delhi.
Kumar Mehta. P and Paulo J.M. Monteiro “Concrete-Microstructure, Property and Materials”, 4th Edition, McGraw
Hill Education, 2014
A.R. Santha Kumar, “Concrete Technology”, Oxford Un iversity Press, New Delhi (NewEdition).
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
Cement https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105102012/1
Aggregates https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105102012/6
Mineral admixtureshttps://nptel.ac.in/courses/105102012/11
Chemical admixtures https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105102012/9
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105102012/10
Concrete mix design https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105102012/14

3
MKV-TEMPLATE for IPCC (26.04.2022) Annexure-III 22.07.2023

Concrete production & fresh concrete https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105102012/19

Engineering properties of concretehttps://nptel.ac.in/courses/105102012/23
Dimensional stability & durability https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105102012/27
Durability of concrete https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105102012/31
Special concretes https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105102012/36

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

● Seminars/Quizz(To assist in GATE Preparations
● Demonstrations in Lab
● Self Study on simple topics
● Simple problems solving using Excel
● Virtual Lab Experiments

4
Template for Practical Course and if AEC is a practical Course Annexure-V 22.07.2023

Environmental Engineering Lab Semester 5

Course Code BCV504 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Credits 01 Exam Hours 2
Examination type (SEE) Practical
Course objectives:
 To learn different methods of water & waste water quality
 To conduct experiments to determine the concentrations of water and waste water
 To determine the degree and type of treatment
 To understand the environmental significance and application in environmental engineering
practice.
Sl.NO Experiments
1 Preparation chemical solutions required for analysis and sampling methodologies

2
Determination of pH, Conductivity, TDS and Turbidity.
3
Determination of Acidity and Alkalinity
4
Determination of Calcium, Magnesium and Total Hardness.
5
Determination of Dissolved Oxygen
6
Determination of BOD.
7
Determination of Chlorides
8 Determination of percentage of % of available chlorine in bleaching powder sample,
Determination of Residual Chlorine and chlorine demand.
9 Determination of Solids in Sewage: i) Total Solids, ii) Suspended Solids, iii) Dissolved Solids,
iv) Volatile Solids, Fixed Solids v) Settleable Solids.
10
Determination of optimum coagulant dosage using Jar test apparatus.
11
Determination Nitrates and Iron by spectrophotometer
Demonstration Experiments ( For CIE )
12 Determination of COD (Demonstration)

13 Air Quality Monitoring (Demonstration)

14 Determination of Sound by Sound level meter at different locations (Demonstration)

Template for Practical Course and if AEC is a practical Course Annexure-V 22.07.2023

Course outcomes (Course Skill Set):

At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Acquire capability to conduct experiments and estimate the concentration of different
parameters.
 Compare the result with standards and discuss based on the purpose of analysis.
 Determine type of treatment, degree of treatment for water and waste water.
 Identify the parameter to be analysed for the student project work in environmental stream.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the
SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be
deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/
course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together

Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

CIE marks for the practical course are 50 Marks.
The split-up of CIE marks for record/ journal and test are in the ratio 60:40.
 Each experiment is to be evaluated for conduction with an observation sheet and record
write-up. Rubrics for the evaluation of the journal/write-up for hardware/software
experiments are designed by the faculty who is handling the laboratory session and are
made known to students at the beginning of the practical session.
 Record should contain all the specified experiments in the syllabus and each experiment
write-up will be evaluated for 10 marks.
 Total marks scored by the students are scaled down to 30 marks (60% of maximum
marks).
 Weightage to be given for neatness and submission of record/write-up on time.
 Department shall conduct a test of 100 marks after the completion of all the experiments
listed in the syllabus.
 In a test, test write-up, conduction of experiment, acceptable result, and procedural
knowledge will carry a weightage of 60% and the rest 40% for viva-voce.
 The suitable rubrics can be designed to evaluate each student’s performance and learning
ability.
 The marks scored shall be scaled down to 20 marks (40% of the maximum marks).
The Sum of scaled-down marks scored in the report write-up/journal and marks of a test is the
total CIE marks scored by the student.
Semester End Evaluation (SEE):
 SEE marks for the practical course are 50 Marks.
 SEE shall be conducted jointly by the two examiners of the same institute, examiners are
appointed by the Head of the Institute.
 The examination schedule and names of examiners are informed to the university before
 Template for Practical Course and if AEC is a practical Course Annexure-V 22.07.2023

the conduction of the examination. These practical examinations are to be conducted

between the schedule mentioned in the academic calendar of the University.
 All laboratory experiments are to be included for practical examination.
 (Rubrics) Breakup of marks and the instructions printed on the cover page of the answer
script to be strictly adhered to by the examiners. OR based on the course requirement
evaluation rubrics shall be decided jointly by examiners.
 Students can pick one question (experiment) from the questions lot prepared by the
examiners jointly.
 Evaluation of test write-up/ conduction procedure and result/viva will be conducted
jointly by examiners.
 General rubrics suggested for SEE are mentioned here, writeup-20%, Conduction procedure
and result in -60%, Viva-voce 20% of maximum marks. SEE for practical shall be evaluated
for 100 marks and scored marks shall be scaled down to 50 marks (however, based on
course type, rubrics shall be decided by the examiners)
 Change of experiment is allowed only once and 15% of Marks allotted to the procedure part
are to be made zero.
The minimum duration of SEE is 02 hours
Suggested Learning Resources:

 IS codes-3025 series
 Standard method for examination of water and waste water, APHA, 20th edition
 Clair Sawyer and Perry McCarty and Gene Parkin, “Chemistry for Environmental Engineering
and Science”, McGraw-Hill Series in Civil and Environmental Engineering.
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

Numerical methods in civil engineering Semester 5

Course Code BCV515A CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 3;0;0;0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40Hrs Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 To learn various numerical techniques.
 To solve Numerical differentiation and integration problems.
 Apply numerical techniques to solve civil engineering problems.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Blackboard teaching
2. Power point Presentation
3. Videos, NPTEL materials
4. Quiz/Assignments/Open book test to develop skills.
5. Adopt problem-based learning (PBL) to develop analytical and thinking skills.

Module-1
Historical development of Numerical techniques, role in investigations, research and design in the field of
civil engineering development of algorithm/ flow charts for following methods for the solution of linear
simultaneous equation- Gaussian elimination method, Gauss-Jordan matrix inversion method, Gauss-Siedel
method and Factorization method.
Module-2
Development of algorithm for Bisection method.
Newton-Raphson method and its applications for solution of nonlinear algebraic and transcendental
equations from problems in hydraulics, irrigation engineering, structural engineering and environmental
engineering.
Module-3
Numerical differentiation and integration
Approximation of derivatives using interpolation polynomials – Numerical integration using Trapezoidal,
Simpson’s 1/3 rule – Romberg’s Method – Two-point and three-point Gaussian quadrature formulae –
Evaluation of double integrals by Trapezoidal and Simpson’s 1/3 rules. Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s one-
third and their application for computation of area of BMD drawn for statically determinate beams.
Module-4
New Marks method for computation of slopes and deflections in statically determinate beams.
Development of algorithm and application of solution of ordinary differential equation to civil engineering
problems by Euler’s method, Runge Kutta 4th order method

Module-5
Introduction, expression of derivatives by finite difference: backward differences, forward differences, and
central differences. Application of finite difference method for analysis of statically determinate beams,
statically indeterminate beams, Buckling of columns, Beams on elastic foundation.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. To learn various numerical techniques.
2. To solve Numerical differentiation and integration problems.
3. Apply numerical techniques to solve civil engineering problems.

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A
student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted
to each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum
total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment
Test component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the
second test will be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then
only one assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two
assignments at the end of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Grewal. B.S. and Grewal. J.S., “Numerical methods in Engineering and Science”, Khanna Publishers, 9th
Edition, New Delhi
2. Gerald. C. F., and Wheatley. P. O., “Applied Numerical Analysis”, Pearson Education, Asia, 6th Edition, New
Delhi.
3. Chapra. S.C. and Canale. R. P., "Numerical Methods for Engineers, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
4. Brian Bradie. "A friendly introduction to Numerical analysis", Pearson Education, Asia, New Delhi.
5. Sankara Rao. K., "Numerical methods for Scientists and Engineers", Prentice Hall of India Private, New
Delhi.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111107105
 https://www.coursera.org/learn/numerical-methods-engineers
 https://cosmolearning.org/courses/numerical-methods-and-programing/video-lectures/.

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 solving civil engineering problems

2
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITORING Semester 5

Course Code BC515B CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 3;0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40Hrs Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 To Identify hazards in the workplace that pose a danger or threat to their safety or health.
 To Control unsafe or unhealthy hazards and propose methods to eliminate the hazard.
 To analysis a potential safety or health hazard
 To Discuss role of health and safety in the workplace pertaining to the responsibilities of
workers, managers, supervisors.
 To Identify decisions required to maintain protection of the environment, workplace as well
as personal health and safety.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. various types of innovative teaching techniques through videos, animation films may be adopted so
that the delivered lesson can progress the students in theoretical, applied and practical skills.
2. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
3. Ask at least three HOTS (Higher-order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes critical
thinking.
4. Seminars and Quizzes may be arranged for students in respective subjects to develop skills.

Module-1
Occupational Hazard and Control Principles:
Safety, History and development, National Safety Policy. Occupational safety and Health Act (OSHA),
Occupational Health and Safety administration - Laws governing OSHA and right to know. Accident –
causation, investigation, investigation plan, Methods of acquiring accident facts, Supervisory role in accident
investigation.
Module-2
Ergonomics at Work Place:
Ergonomics Task analysis, Preventing Ergonomic Hazards, Work space Envelops, Visual Ergonomics,
Ergonomic Standards, Ergonomic Programs. Hazard cognition and Analysis, Human Error Analysis – Fault
Tree Analysis – Emergency Response - Decision for action – purpose and considerations.
Module-3
Fire Prevention and Protection:
Fire Triangle, Fire Development and its severity, Effect of Enclosures, early detection of Fire, Classification
of fire and Fire Extinguishers.
Electrical Safety, Product Safety: Technical Requirements of Product safety.
Module-4
Health Considerations at Work Place:
Types of diseases and their spread, Health Emergency. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) – types and
advantages, effects of exposure and treatment for engineering industries, municipal solid waste. Environment
management plans (EMP) for safety and sustainability.
Module-5
Occupational Health and Safety Considerations:
Water and wastewater treatment plants, Handling of chemical and safety measures in water and wastewater
treatment plants and labs, Construction material manufacturing industries like cement plants, RMC Plants,
precast plants, and construction sites. Policies, roles and responsibilities of workers, managers and
supervisors.

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. Identify hazards in the workplace that pose a danger or threat to their safety or health.
2. Control unsafe or unhealthy hazards and propose methods to eliminate the hazard.
3. Present a coherent analysis of a potential safety or health hazard
4. Discuss the role of health and safety in the workplace pertaining to the responsibilities of workers,
managers, supervisors.
5. Identify the decisions required to maintain protection of the environment, workplace as well as
personal health and safety.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A
student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted
to each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum
total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment
Test component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the
second test will be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then
only one assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two
assignments at the end of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Goetsch D. L.,(1999), “Occupational Safety and Health for Technologists, Engineers and Managers”,
Prentice Hall.
2. Heinrich H.W.,(2007),“Industrial Accident Prevention-A Scientific Approach”,McGraw-Hill Book Company
National Safety Council and Associate (Data) Publishers Pvt. Ltd., (1991),
3. “Industrial Safety and Pollution Control Handbook.
4. Colling D.A.,(1990),“Industrial Safety Management and Technology”, Prentice Hall,New Delhi.
5. Della D.E., and Giustina, (1996), “Safety and Environmental Management”, Van Nostrand Reinhold
International Thomson Publishing Inc.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

2
 Annexure-II 3 22.07.2023

 https://www.cdc.gov/niosh/index.htm
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/114106017
 https://youtu.be/8nbOI-0U9Co
 https://youtu.be/Be9inw8xlw8
 https://youtu.be/n7oUOUCIblg
 https://youtu.be/gzgNLvHTrfY
 https://www.slideshare.net/engkhanmsh/introduction-to-osha-50289682
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 http://nptel.ac.in
 https://swayam.gov.in

3
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT Semester 5

Course Code BCV515C CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Hrs Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 To facilitate the learners to understand fundamentals of key elements in solid waste
management and governance.
 To impart knowledge to arrive strategies for waste management and selection of
technologies for processing, treatment, and disposal.
 To examine and plan designs for material recovery facility, micro composting units,
incinerators, biodigesters, and landfills

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Various types of innovative teaching techniques through videos, animation films may be adopted so
that the delivered lesson can progress the students in theoretical, applied and practical skills.
2. Arrange visits to nearby solid waste disposal sites
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOTS (Higher-order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes critical
thinking.
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develop thinking skills
such as the ability to evaluate, generalize, and analyze information rather than simply recall it.
6. Seminars and Quizzes may be arranged for students in respective subjects to develop skills.

Module-1
Introduction to Solid waste management
Definition, Classification, need and Global perspective of solid waste management. Policies and legislative
frameworks, Government initiatives on Solid waste management. Integrated solid waste management and
concept of 3R’s, Role of stakeholders.
Module-2
Waste generation and characterization
Factors affecting waste generation and methods to estimate the quantity of waste generated. Physical,
chemical, and biological methods of waste characterization.

Module-3
Storage, collection, and Transportation of waste
Methods of storage, Storage container types and materials, onsite processing. Methods of
collection and collection vehicles, Analysis, and design of Hauled and Stationary container
systems with case studies. Transfer stations – feasibility and economic analysis.

Module-4
Waste processing and Disposal
Waste processing facilities- MRFs Landfills – Selection of liners, Design, Closure and Leachate management,
Composting, Waste to Energy concepts – Incineration, Biogas recovery and Refuse derived fuels RDFs.

Module-5
Special Waste and Smart Solid Waste Management
Definition, Classification, Effects, treatment, disposal, Legislation and case studies of Hazardous waste,
Construction and demolition waste, Electronic waste, Plastic, Biomedical waste and Radioactive waste. Life
cycle assessment of solid waste management, Automation and IOT in storage, collection and treatment of

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

solid waste. Case studies.

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. Articulate the elements of solid waste management and categorize the waste based on physical,
chemical, and biological characteristics.
2. Design a waste collection system for onsite collection, storage and demonstrate waste transfer and
transport operations.
3. Evaluate and develop waste processing and treatment methods for solid and hazardous waste with
sustainable practices.
4. Select appropriate disposal methods such as landfills, waste to energy plants and its handling in an
efficient way.
5. Develop reduce, reuse, and recycling methods for special waste and prepare smart solutions for solid
waste management.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A
student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted
to each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum
total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment
Test component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the
second test will be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then
only one assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two
assignments at the end of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Handbook of Solid Waste Management by Frank Kreith, George Tchobanoglous 1994
2. Management of Municipal Solid waste by T.V. Ramachandra 2009
3. Hazardous Waste management by Michael D LaGrega, Philip. L. Buckingham, Jeffery C. Evans 2001
4. Manuals and best practices in solid waste management by Swachh Bharat Mission

2
 Annexure-II 3 22.07.2023

(https://swachhbharatmission.gov.in/sbmcms/technical-notes.htm)

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 Introduction to solid waste https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=k0ktJRoRcOA
 Solid waste management https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sMeUGwpvLtk
 Municipal Solid Waste Management (Civil Engineering)
https://www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/105103205/L01.html
 Primary collection SWM
https://www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/105103205/L09.html
 Solid waste types, methods, challenges and solutions
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T_pIJiZ8JYI
 Types and sources of SWM
https://www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/105103205/L03.html.
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 http://nptel.ac.in
 https://swayam.gov.in
 https://www.vlab.co.in/participating-institute-amrita-vishwa-vidyapeetham

3
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

REMOTE SENSING AND GIS Semester 5

Course Code BCV515D CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 3:0:0;0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40Hrs Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 Understand concept of using photographic data to determine relative positions of points.
 Study the methods of collection of land data using Terrestrial and Aerial camera.
 Analyse the data gathered from various sensors and interpret for various applications.
 Apply the principles of RS, GIS and GPS in various scopes of Civil Engineering

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1. NPTEL courses on remote sensing and GIS has to be referred to students
2. online resources for remote sensing data to be made available in the lab
3. Open source software QGIS should be made available in the lab
4. YouTube videos
5. PowerPoint presentations.

Module-1
Remote Sensing-
Definition, types of remote sensing, components of remote sensing, electromagnetic spectrum, Black body,
Atmospheric windows, energy interaction with earth surface features. Spectral reflectance curve. Platforms
and sensors. Sensor resolutions. Types of satellites Indian and other remote sensing satellites (IRS, IKONS
and Landsat). Principle of visual interpretation - key elements.
Module-2
Photogrammetry:
Introduction types of Photogrammetry, Advantages Photogrammetry, Introduction to digital
Photogrammetry. Aerial Photogrammetry: Advantages over ground survey methods- geometry of vertical
photographs, scales of vertical photograph. Ground coordination relief displacement, scale ground
coordinates – flight planning. .
Module-3
Geographic Information System-
Introduction, Functions and advantages, sources of data for GIS. Database – Types, advantages and
disadvantages. Data Analysis.-overlay operations, network analysis, spatial analysis. Outputs and map
generation. GPS- components and working principles.

Module-4
Applications of GIS, Remote Sensing and GPS: (1)
Water Resources engineering and management- prioritization of river basins, water perspective zones and its
mapping, Highway and transportation -highway alignment, Optimization of routes, accident analysis,
Environmental Engineering- Geostatistical analysis of water quality, rainfall.
Module-5
Applications of GIS, Remote Sensing and GPS: (2)
Urban Planning & Management, urban sprawl, Change detection studies, forests and urban area, agriculture,
Disaster Management. Layouts: Dead end, Radial, Grid iron, Circular system.

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. Understand and remember the principle of Remote Sensing (RS) and Geographical Information
Systems (GIS) data acquisition and its applications.
2. Apply RS and GIS technologies in various fields of engineering and social needs
3. Analyse and evaluate the information obtained by applying RS and GIS technologies.
4. Create a feasible solution in the different fields of application of RS and GIS

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A
student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted
to each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum
total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment
Test component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the
second test will be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then
only one assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two
assignments at the end of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Geographic Information System-An Introduction, Tor Bernharadsen, 2009, 3rd Edition, Wiley India Pvt.
Ltd. New Delhi, ISBN - 9788126511389.
2. Principles of Remote sensing and Image Interpretation, Lillesand and Kiefer, 2011, 6th Edition,
3. John Wiley Publishers, New Delhi, ISBN – 8126532238.
4. Higher Surveying, Chandra A.M, 2015, 3rd Edition, New age international (P) Ltd, ISBN: 8122438121
5. Remote Sensing, Robert A. Schowengerdt, 2009, 3rd Edition, Elsevier India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi.
6. Remote Sensing and GIS, Bhatta B, 2011, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, ISBN - 0198072392

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 NPTEL lecture videos.

2
 Annexure-II 3 22.07.2023

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Delineating the boundary for a watershed using SOI topomap as reference in GIS software
 Delineating the national highway and study the different components
 Delineating different features on land surface and create land use/land cover map using topomap and
google earth image of specific region

3
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY & INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS Semester 5

Course Code BRMK557 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 2:2:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40Hrs Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 To Understand the knowledge on basics of research and its types.
 To Learn the concept of Literature Review, Technical Reading, Attributions and
Citations.
 To learn Ethics in Engineering Research.
 To Discuss the concepts of Intellectual Property Rights in engineering.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. effective teaching methods could be adopted to attain the outcomes.
2. Use of Video to explain various concepts on IPR.
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
4. Ask at least three HOT (Higher order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes critical
5. thinking.
6. Introduce Topics in manifold representations.
7. Show the different ways to analyze the research problem and encourage the students to come up
with their own creative ways to solve them..

Module-1
Introduction:
Meaning of Research, Objectives of Engineering Research, and Motivation in Engineering Research, Types of
Engineering Research, Finding and Solving a Worthwhile Problem. Ethics in Engineering Research, Ethics in
Engineering Research Practice, Types of Research Misconduct, Ethical Issues Related to Authorship.
Module-2
Literature Review and Technical Reading,
New and Existing Knowledge, Analysis and Synthesis of Prior Art Bibliographic Databases, Web of Science,
Google and Google Scholar, Effective Search: The Way Forward Introduction to Technical Reading
Conceptualizing Research, Critical and Creative Reading, Taking Notes While Reading, Reading Mathematics
and Algorithms, Reading a Datasheet.
Attributions and Citations: Giving Credit Wherever Due, Citations: Functions and Attributes, Impact of
Title and Keywords on Citations, Knowledge Flow through Citation, Citing Datasets, Styles for Citations,
Acknowledgments and Attributions, What Should Be Acknowledged, Acknowledgments in, Books
Dissertations, Dedication or Acknowledgments
Module-3
Building Intellectual Property Rights, Law of Patents, Fundamentals of Patent Law - Evolution of
the patent system, Patentability Requirements; Patentable Subject Matter; Industrial
Applicability/Utility; Novelty; Anticipation by publication; Anticipation by public knowledge and
public use; Anticipation by public display; Anticipation by sale; Inventive Step/Non-Obviousness;
Novelty Assessment; Inventive Step Assessment; Specification, Drafting of A Patent Specification -
Introduction Patent Specification; Provisional Specification Complete Specification, Parts of the
complete specification; Patent Procedure in India - PATENT PROCEDURE; Registration and
Renewal fee payment; Patent Infringement - Infringement of a patent; Literal Infringement;
Equivalence Infringement; Indirect Infringement; Defenses - Experiment - Research or Education
- Bolar Exemption- Government use- Patent Exhaustion Patent Misuse- Inequitable Conduct -

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

Remedies- Injunction- Account of profits- Costs; International Patent Regimes - International

Instruments; Paris Convention; TRIPS AGREEMENT; PCT; BUDAPEST TREATY, Patenting
Biotechnology Inventions - Unique nature of Biotechnology; Patentability Requirements and
Biotechnology Inventions; Patentable Subject Matter- USA- Europe- India; Patentability of
Software Inventions - Patentability of Software Inventions in USA; Patentability of software
inventions in Europe; Patentability of Software Inventions in India.
Module-4
Law of Copyright and Designs, Understanding Copyright Law - Historical Overview – Justification For
Copyright Law - The Natural Law Justification - The Economic Rationale of Copyright Clause, Basic Concepts
Underlying copyright Law - Idea – Expression Dichotomy Originality / Creativity – Fixation Term of
Protection, Subject - Matter of Copyright - Literary Works - Dramatic Works - Musical Work - Artistic Works -
Cinematograph Films and Sound recordings, Acquisition of Copyright in India, Rights of the Copyright Owner -
Economic Rights - Moral Right or Droid Moral Right of Authorship or Paternity
Rights - Rights against Distortion or Mutilation of the Original Works or Integrity Rights - Limitations -
Limitations set under International Regime – Berne Convention - Rome Convention - Trips Agreement -Three
Step Test, Infringement of Copyright -Transfer of copyright - License and Assignment – License and consent -
Duration of a License Form and Content - Disputes in Respect of Licence -Types of Licenses- Exclusive and
Non-Exclusive Licenses.
Module-5
Basic Principles of Design Rights - Justification for Protecting Designs - Historical Perspective -Features of
Shape, configuration, Pattern or Ornament - or Composition of lines or colour - New or Original - Applied to
an Article, Excluded Subject - Matter - Method or Principle of Construction -Features Dictated Solely by
Function - Mechanical Device - Trademark, or Property Mark, or Artistic Work - immoral Designs and Designs
Contrary to Public order–Rights of the Owner of Designs and Tests for Infringement. Assignment of Design
Rights, Infringement of Designs.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
To know the meaning of engineering research.
To know the procedure of Literature Review and Technical Reading.
To know the fundamentals of patent law and drafting procedure.
Understanding the copyright laws and subject matters of copyrights and designs rights

2
 Annexure-II 3 22.07.2023

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A
student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted
to each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum
total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment
Test component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the
second test will be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then
only one assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two
assignments at the end of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Dipankar Deb • Rajeeb Dey, Valentina E. Balas “Engineering Research Methodology”, ISSN 1868-
2. 4394 ISSN 1868-4408 (electronic), Intelligent Systems Reference Library, ISBN 978-981-13-
3. 2946-3 ISBN 978-981-13-2947-0 (eBook), https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-2947-0
4. David V. Thiel “Research Methods for Engineers” Cambridge University Press, 978-1-107-03488-4.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 NPTEL Videos.

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Quizzes
 Assignments
 Seminars

3
MKV-TEMPLATE for IPCC (26.04.2022) Annexure-III 22.07.2023

Design of RCC Structures Semester 6

Course Code BCV601 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 hours Theory + 8-10 Lab slots Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours 3
Examination nature (SEE) Theory/practical
Course objectives:
 Identify, formulate and solve engineering problems of RC elements subjected to different kinds
of loading.
 Follow a procedural knowledge in designing various structural RC elements.
 Impart the usage of codes for strength, serviceability and durability.
 Acquire knowledge in analysis and design of RC elements.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies; that teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1. Blackboard teaching
2. Power point Presentation
3. Videos , NPTEL materials
4. Quiz/Assignments/Open book test to develop skills
5. Adopt problem based learning (PBL) to develop analytical and thinking skills
6. Encourage collaborative learning, site visits related to subject and impart practical knowledge..

MODULE-1
Introduction to working stress and limit State Design: Introduction to working stress method, Difference
between Working stress and Limit State Method of design. Philosophy and principle of limit state design with
assumptions. Partial Safety factors, Characteristic load and strength. Stress block parameters, concept of
balanced section, under reinforced and over reinforced section. Limiting deflection, short term deflection, long
term deflection, Calculation of deflection of singly reinforced beam only.
MODULE-2
Limit State Analysis of Beams: Analysis of singly reinforced, doubly reinforced and flanged beams for flexure
and shear.

MODULE-3
Limit State Design of Beams:
Design of singly reinforced beams with check for shear, check for development length and other
checks. Design of doubly reinforced beams and flanged sections without checks.
MODULE-4
Limit State Design of Slabs and Stairs: Introduction to one way and two way slabs, Design of
Cantilever, simply supported and one way continuous slab. Design of two way slabs for different
boundary conditions. Design of dog legged and open well staircases
MODULE-5
Limit State Deign of Columns and Footings: Analysis and design of short axially loaded RC column.
Design of columns with uniaxial and biaxial moments, Design concepts of the footings. Design of
Rectangular and square column footings with axial load.

1
MKV-TEMPLATE for IPCC (26.04.2022) Annexure-III 22.07.2023

PRACTICAL COMPONENT OF IPCC (May cover all / major modules)

Sl.NO Experiments
1 Calculation of deflection of singly reinforced beam using Excel

2 Design of a simply supported RCC singly reinforced beam using Excel and draw the reinforcement details

3 Design of a simply supported RCC doubly reinforced beam using Excel and draw the reinforcement details

4 Design of singly reinforced beams with check for shear, check for development length and other
checks using Excel.
5
Design of a cantilever beam using Excel and draw the reinforcement

6 Design a simply supported RCC one way slab with intermediate support and draw the reinforcement
details
7
Design a two-way slab for the given data and prepare Bar bending schedule

8
Design a short axially loaded RC column using Excel
9
Design the reinforcement for RCC square column with isolated square footing

10
Design the reinforcement for RCC circular column with isolated square footing

11
Creation of models related to RC Structural elements. (Demonstration)

12

Course outcomes (Course Skill Set):

At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Understand the design philosophy and principles.
 Solve problems of RC elements subjected to flexure, shear and torsion.
 Demonstrate the procedure in designs of RC structural elements such as slabs, columns and footings.
 Owns professional and ethical responsibility.

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the
SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be
deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/
course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

CIE for the theory component of the IPCC (maximum marks 50)
 IPCC means practical portion integrated with the theory of the course.
 CIE marks for the theory component are 25 marks and that for the practical component is 25
marks.
 25 marks for the theory component are split into 15 marks for two Internal Assessment Tests (Two
Tests, each of 15 Marks with 01-hour duration, are to be conducted) and 10 marks for other
assessment methods mentioned in 22OB4.2. The first test at the end of 40-50% coverage of the
syllabus and the second test after covering 85-90% of the syllabus.
 Scaled-down marks of the sum of two tests and other assessment methods will be CIE marks for the

2
MKV-TEMPLATE for IPCC (26.04.2022) Annexure-III 22.07.2023

theory component of IPCC (that is for 25 marks).

 The student has to secure 40% of 25 marks to qualify in the CIE of the theory component of IPCC.
CIE for the practical component of the IPCC

 15 marks for the conduction of the experiment and preparation of laboratory record, and 10 marks
for the test to be conducted after the completion of all the laboratory sessions.
 On completion of every experiment/program in the laboratory, the students shall be evaluated
including viva-voce and marks shall be awarded on the same day.
 The CIE marks awarded in the case of the Practical component shall be based on the continuous
evaluation of the laboratory report. Each experiment report can be evaluated for 10 marks. Marks of
all experiments’ write-ups are added and scaled down to 15 marks.
 The laboratory test (duration 02/03 hours) after completion of all the experiments shall be
conducted for 50 marks and scaled down to 10 marks.
 Scaled-down marks of write-up evaluations and tests added will be CIE marks for the laboratory
component of IPCC for 25 marks.
 The student has to secure 40% of 25 marks to qualify in the CIE of the practical component of the
IPCC.
SEE for IPCC
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the course (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scoredby the student shall be proportionally scaled down to 50 Marks
The theory portion of the IPCC shall be for both CIE and SEE, whereas the practical portion will
have a CIE component only. Questions mentioned in the SEE paper may include questions from
the practical component.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Unnikrishnan Pillai and Devdas Menon, “ Reinforced Concrete Design” , McGraw Hill, New Delhi
2. N Subramanian, “ Design of Concrete Structures” , Oxford university Press
3. H J Shah, “Reinforced Concrete Vol. 1 (Elementary Reinforced Concrete)” , Charotar Publishing House
Pvt. Ltd.
Reference Books:
1. P C Varghese, “Limit State design of reinforced concrete”, PHI, New Delhi.
2. W H Mosley, R Husle, J H Bungey, “Reinforced Concrete Design”, MacMillan Education, Palgrave
publishers.
3. Kong and Evans, “Reinforced and Pre-Stressed Concrete”, Springer Publications.
4. A W Beeby and Narayan R S, “Introduction to Design for Civil Engineers”, CRC Press.
5. Robert Park and Thomas Paulay, “Reinforced Concrete Structures”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105105105

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

Students to prepare the models showing the reinforcement details in singly reinforced, doubly reinforced beams,
Columns, Staircases and footings.

3
MKV-TEMPLATE for IPCC (26.04.2022) Annexure-III 22.07.2023

4
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures Semester VI

Course Code BCV602 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 3;2:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 50 Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours 3
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 Analyse and design gravity dams.
 Find the cross-section of earth dam and estimate the seepage loss.
 Design spillways and aprons for diversion works.
 Design CD works and chose appropriate canal regulation works.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Blackboard teaching
2. Power point Presentation
3. Videos, NPTEL materials
4. Quiz/Assignments/Open book test to develop skills.
5. Adopt problem-based learning (PBL) to develop analytical and thinking skills.

Module-1
Storage Works-
Reservoirs – Types of reservoirs, selection of site for reservoir, zones of storage of a reservoir, reservoir
yield, estimation of capacity of reservoir using mass curve- Reservoir Sedimentation
Life of Reservoir. Types of dams, factors affecting selection of type of dam, factors governing selection of
site for a dam.
Module-2
Gravity dams:
Forces acting on a gravity dam, causes of failure of a gravity dam, elementary profile, and practical profile of
a gravity dam, limiting height of a low gravity dam, Factors of Safety – Stability Analysis, Foundation for a
Gravity Dam, drainage and inspection galleries.

Module-3
Earth dams:
Types of Earth dams, causes of failure of earth dam, criteria for safe design of earth dam, seepage through
earth dam-graphical method, measures for control of seepage. Spillways: types of spillways, Design
principles of Ogee spillways – Spillway gates. Energy Dissipaters and Stilling Basins Significance of Jump
Height Curve and Tail Water Rating Curve – USBR and Indian types of Stilling Basins.
Module-4
Diversion Head works:
Types of Diversion head works- weirs and barrages, layout of diversion head work – components. Causes and
failure of Weirs and Barrages on permeable foundations, -Silt Ejectors and Silt Excluders, Weirs on Permeable
Foundations – Creep Theories – Bligh’s, Lane’s and Khosla’s theories, Determination of uplift pressure-
Various Correction Factors – Design principles of weirs on permeable foundations using Creep theories – exit
gradient, U/s and D/s Sheet Piles – Launching Apron.
Module-5
Canal Falls :
Types of falls and their location, Design principles of Notch Fall and Sarada type Fall. Canal regulation works,
principles of design of cross and distributary head regulators, types of Canal escapes – types of canal
modules, proportionality, sensitivity, setting and flexibility. Cross Drainage works: types, selection of suitable
type, various types, design considerations for cross drainage works.

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. Know types of water retaining structures for multiple purposes and its key parameters considered
for planning and designing
2. Understand details in any Irrigation System and its requirements
3. Analyse and Design of a irrigation system components
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A
student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted
to each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum
total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment
Test component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the
second test will be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then
only one assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two
assignments at the end of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic structures by Santhosh kumar Garg, Khanna Publishers.
2. Irrigation engineering by K. R. Arora Standard Publishers.
3. Irrigation and water power engineering by Punmia & Lal, Laxmi publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
4. Theory and Design of Hydraulic structures by Varshney, Gupta & Gupta
5. Irrigation Engineering by R.K. Sharma and T.K. Sharma, S. Chand Publishers 2015.
6. Irrigation Theory and Practice by A. M. Micheal Vikas Publishing House 2015.
7. Irrigation and water resources engineering by G.L. Asawa, New Age International Publishers.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 NPTEL Videos.
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Site visit to a dam site and observe all the facility

2
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

DESIGN OF BRIDGES Semester 6

Course Code BCV613A CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 3:0:0;0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40Hrs Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 Introduce students to various aspects of Bridge structures, its components.
 Understand the hydraulic design concepts of Bridges, various IRC loading standards.
 Design small span bridges like culverts, slab decks, and T-beam decks and post tensioned
 slabs.
 Understand various types of bearings, analysis of substructures, and foundations.
 Understand super structure construction methods and practices.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Chalk and Talk teaching.
2. Use of ICT (Video) material to show real world pictures of bridges and their construction.

Module-1
Introduction and Conceptual Design of Bridges
Introduction, components of a bridge and their functions, Site investigations prior to bridge construction,
classification of bridges, IRC loading standards, IRC A, AA, and 70 R. Hydraulic design of bridges,
natural and artificial water ways, afflux, Economical span, problems.
Module-2
Pipe culverts. Hydraulic design and structural design, IRC standards. Design problems.
Design of Box culverts, general procedure of design for all the conditions of culvert , reinforcement details,
Design example ( students should be given to design the culvert for any one condition of loading)

Module-3
Design of Deck slab (Limit state method):
Introduction, Design of deck slab. Effective dispersion of wheel load along the span and effective width
concept, Arrangement of wheel loads of IRC A for obtaining maximum bending moment and shear force.
Design example, Arrangement of IRC class AA obtaining maximum bending moment and shear force. Design
example. Arrangement of IRC 70R loading for obtaining maximum bending moment and shear force. Design
example.
Module-4
Introduction to T-beam bridges:
Code provisions, typical arrangement of longitudinal and cross girders, Pigeaud’s method, design of interior
panel (for IRC class AA & 70R), methods for finding load distribution among longitudinal girders (
Courbon’s, Hednry Jaguer’s method), general steps of design ( only design concepts).
Module-5
Bridge substructures, abutments and Piers:
Types of abutments and piers, stability analysis of piers and abutments, base pressure distribution. Bridge
bearings, types and their suitability.

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. Select the type of the bridge based on the site investigation inputs and be able to compute design
discharge, linear water way , economic span and depth of scour (L2 & L3)
2. Design pipe culverts.
3. Design deck slabs for critical loads (L3 & L4)
4. Analyse the stability of bridge piers and abutments. (L3 & L4)
5. Recommend suitable bearings for the given type of bridge and support condition

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A
student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted
to each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum
total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment
Test component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the
second test will be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then
only one assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two
assignments at the end of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. D. Johmson Victor, Essentials of Bridge Engineering, 6 th edition, Oxford IBH publications, New
Delhi, 2019 ,ISBN:978-81-204-1717-5
2. T.R.Jagadeesh & M A Jayaram, Design of Bridge Structures, 3 rd edition, PHI, New Delhi,
2020, ISBN:978-81-203-3385-29
3. Krishna Raju N, Design of Bridges, Oxford-IBH publishing, 5 th edition, New Delhi
4. Rajagopalan, Bridge Super Structures, Narosa Publishing House, 2013, ISBN :817-31-964-78
5. IRC : 112- 2020: Code of Practice for Concrete Bridges, July 2020, New Delhi

2
 Annexure-II 3 22.07.2023

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hc9Vj_wuQlg
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XFRqwmpR7JE
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2Dw4vbpPx54
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Hfq9cqZFOkc
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Hfq9cqZFOkc
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=unys9j1qxw4.
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Students in groups (not more than two)need to garner data pertaining to a short span bridge/ box
culvert and perform the redesign of the bridge and submit the report.

3
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

DESIGN OF FORMWORK AND SCAFFOLDING Semester 6

Course Code BCV613B CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 To select the appropriate formwork system
 To design the formwork system
 To compute the bill of quantity for the formwork system
 To incorporate safer design and construction aspects including assembling and dismantling
to prevent formwork failures
 To comprehend plan, layout and detailed drawing for formwork systems

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Blackboard teaching
2. Power point Presentation
3. Videos, NPTEL materials
4. Quiz/Assignments/Open book test to develop skills.
5. Adopt problem-based learning (PBL) to develop analytical and thinking skills.

Module-1
Introduction to Formwork
Classification, benefits, objectives, areas of competitiveness, selection of Formwork, formwork materials,
accessories and consumables, application of Tools. Formwork for Foundation, Wall, Columns, Slab and
Beam. Conventional drawings. Vertical Application of Conventional Foundation Formwork, Formwork
components,
Components, assembly and de-shuttering of formwork System, Flex System, Heavy Duty Tower System,
safety of work, Formwork for stairs, Load Bearing Tower.
Module-2
Planning and Design of formwork
Formwork planning and monitoring, basics of formwork design, design assumptions and design methods.
Design of wall formwork, slab formwork and checks. Formwork drawing Concept and Preparation
Guidelines, BOQ Calculation and Checklist.
Module-3
Formwork cost estimation and optimization
Schedule of formwork, Mobilization distribution, BOQ, Quantity Calculation, Cost optimization

Module-4
Modular and Special formwork, scaffolding
Modular and Special formwork: Advantages and Limitations, Shuttering and de-shuttering, applications,
Aluminium formwork - Drawings & Components, Activities, High rise construction, Table lifting system.
Scaffolding: Modular scaffold Installation sequence, Tie and material specification, Ladder safety, Loading
Classification, application, Components of L&T Modular Scaffolding system, Access scaffold Do's and Don’ts.
Innovation and Global practices.
Module-5
Formwork building and erection, Formwork Failures
Formwork assembly for Wall & Column Panels, Equipment and Layout, Plant and Machinery, Formwork
erection and safety, Inspection and Corrections, Plant and Machinery, Code and Contractual Requirements.
Formwork Failures: Causes, design deficiency, safety in formwork, prevention of formwork failures.

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course, the student will be able to :

1. Analyse the project, and decide appropriate formwork materials and suitable formwork system
2. Design formwork systems as per Industrial requirement
3. Estimate the bill of quantity and optimize the formwork cost
4. Prepare the layout and detailed drawing for the formwork system
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the SEE
minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be deemed to
have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the
student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal
Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment Test
component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the second test will
be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then only one
assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two assignments at the end
of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Jha, K.N., Formwork for Concrete Structures, First Edition, McGraw Hill. 2012
2. Robert L. Peurifoy and Garold D. Oberiender, Formwork for Concrete Structures, McGraw-Hill, 1996.
3. IS 14687 -Guidelines for falsework for concrete structures
4. Concrete pressure on formwork (R108D) - CIRIA
5. IS 456: Plain and Reinforced Concrete - Code of Practice

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 NPTEL and YouTube Videos.

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Visit to construction sites to understand form work

2
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

APPLIED GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING Semester 6

Course Code BCV613C CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 3:0:0;0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40Hrs Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 Appreciate basic concepts of soil mechanics applied in the design of foundations
 Learn concepts of Geotechnical investigations required for civil engineering projects
emphasizing in situ investigations
 Conceptually learn various theories related to bearing capacity of soil and their application in
the design of shallow foundations and estimation of load carrying capacity of pile foundation
 Estimate internal stresses in the soil mass and application of this knowledge in proportioning
of shallow and deep foundation fulfilling settlement criteria
 Study about assessing stability of slopes and earth pressure on rigid retaining structures.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1. Chalk and talk
2. PPT
3. You Tube video lectures
4. Open book test to understand the concepts.

Module-1
Soil Exploration:
Introduction, Objectives and Importance, Stages and Methods of exploration- Test pits, Borings,
stabilization of boreholes, Sampling techniques, Undisturbed, disturbed and representative
samples, sample disturbance and Bore hole log.
Module-2
Drainage and Dewatering:
Drainage and Dewatering methods, estimation of depth of GWT (Hvorslev’s method)
Flownets: Importance, properties and applications, Phreatic Lines, Seepage in earth dams (with
and without
filter) and sheet piles Module-3
Lateral Earth Pressure:
Active, Passive and earth pressure at rest, Rankine’s theory for cohesionless and cohesive soils,
Factors influencing lateral earth pressure, Geotechnical design of gravity and cantilever retaining
walls.
Module-4
Stability of Slopes:
Assumptions, infinite and finite slopes, factor of safety, Swedish slip circle method for C and C-ø
(Method of slices) soils, Fellineous method for critical slip circle, use of Taylor’s stability charts.
Causes for slope instability, Methods of stabilisation of slopes
Module-5
Stresses in Soil:
Geodesic stress and Stress due to structures, Boussinesq’s Stress distribution in ground for point
load, line load and uniformly distributed loads, Newmark’s Chart, Contact Pressure, Pressure bulbs.
Types of settlements and importance, Computation of immediate and consolidation settlement,
permissible differential and total settlements (IS 8009 part 1).

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. Ability to plan and execute geotechnical site investigation program for different civil
engineering projects
2. Understanding of stress distribution and resulting settlement beneath the loaded footings
on sand and clayey soils
3. Ability to estimate factor of safety against failure of slopes and to compute lateral pressure
distribution behind earth retaining structures
4. Ability to determine settlement in footing.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the SEE
minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be deemed to
have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the
student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal
Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment Test
component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the second test will
be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then only one
assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two assignments at the end
of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Murthy V.N.S., Principles of Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering,UBS PublishersandDistribu tors,
NewDelhi.
2. K.R.Arora, Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, Standard Publisher Distributors, NewDelhi.
3. PC Varghese, Foundation Engineering, PHI India Learning Private Limited, NewDelhi.
4. Punmia BC, Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering (2017), 16th edition, LaxmiPublicationsco., New
Delhi.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 Online study material
 NPTEL video lectures..
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Site visit to understand the practical difficulty in construction of earth retaining strucures
 Assignment to students on design of an earth retaining structures

2
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF HIGHWAY PAVEMENTS Semester 6

Course Code BCV613D CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 3;0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40Hrs Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 To impart a fundamental understanding to the basics of highway geometric design features
 To introduce the evaluation of pavement material characteristics to identify their suitability
for construction
 To study the principles and design of flexible and rigid pavements according to IRC
specifications
 To skill up for executing pavement construction with quality control and assurance along
with Plants and Machinery selection

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Blackboard teaching
2. Power point Presentation
3. Videos, NPTEL materials
4. Quiz/Assignments/Open book test to develop skills.
5. Adopt problem-based learning (PBL) to develop analytical and thinking skills.
Module-1
Introduction and Subgrade Materials: Overview of highway - Classification of roads, Pavement
Layers – Components and Functions, Highway alignment and Survey, road development in India,
Components and
Geometric Standards of Highway Design
Pavement subgrade material: Soils, Soil Characteristic Evaluation, desirable properties, tests
(Virtual) - Liquid Limit, Plastic limit, Shrinkage Limit, Grain size analysis - Wet sieve and
Hydrometer analysis, Water Content, Specific gravity, Free swell index, Relative density, Heavy
compaction, California Bearing Ratio.
Module-2
Pavement Materials
Stone aggregates: Desirable properties, tests (Virtual) - Sieve analysis, Specific gravity, Water absorption,
Bulk density, Wet Sieve analysis, Aggregate crushing value, Aggregate impact value, Combined Flakiness
and Elongation index, Aggregate abrasion value, Soundness of aggregate, Characteristic evaluation
Bituminous binders: Desirable properties, tests (Virtual) - Specific gravity, Penetration, Softening Point,
Ductility, Elastic recovery, Flash point, Separation, Loss on heating, Matter soluble in trichloro ethylene,
Absolute, Kinematic and Rotational Viscosity, Aging of Bitumen, Characteristic evaluation.
Bituminous paving mix: Desirable properties, tests (Virtual) - Stripping value of coarse aggregate, Stone
polishing value of coarse aggregate, Maximum specific gravity of bituminous mix, Marshall stability & flow,
Binder content, Bulk specific gravity and density, Indirect tensile strength, Resilient Modulus (indirect
tension test), Resistance of compacted asphalt mixtures to moisture-induced damage, Characteristic
evaluation
Cement: Desirable properties, tests (Virtual) - Consistency, Initial Setting Time, Final Setting Time, Mortar
Cube compressive strength, Fineness of cement, Specific gravity of cement, Soundness of cement,
Characteristic evaluation
Concrete: Desirable properties, requirements, tests (Virtual) - Workability, Compressive Strength, Flexural
strength, Characteristic evaluation

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

Module-3
Principles and Design of Pavements
Flexible Pavement: Introduction, composition, factors governing design, design of flexible
pavements as per IRC; Bituminous mix design (Marshall method), IIT Pave Software; Case study -
Design Problem
Rigid pavement: Introduction, composition, factors governing design, DLC and PQC mix design;
design of concrete pavements as per IRC; Joints; Case study – Design Problem
Module-4
Plants and Machinery: Introduction; Asphalt Hot Mix Plant, Concrete Batching Plant, Wet Mix
Macadam Plant, Earthmoving and Excavation Equipment, Paving Equipment, Slipform Paver, Paver
Milling and Road Marking Equipment; Factors affecting output of Plant & Equipment; Initiatives to
improve quality
Construction Planning: Concept of Highways, Planning; Schedules in Planning; Monitoring;
Software in Planning
Module-5
Subgrade and Base Layer: Construction Practices and Quality Control; Granular Sub-base
Construction Activities; Cement Treated Sub-base Construction Activities
Flexible Layers: Wet Mix Macadam; Construction Practices of Wet Mix Macadam; Hot Mix Asphalt;
Construction Practices of Hot Mix Asphalt Layer, Quality Control of Flexible Layers
Rigid Layers: Dry Lean Concrete; Construction Practices of Dry Lean Concrete; Pavement Quality
Concrete; Construction Practices of Pavement Quality Concrete, Quality Control of Rigid Layers
Pavement Evaluation: Introduction, Pavement Condition Survey, Pavement Evaluation Functional
and Structural, Distresses - Flexible and Rigid Pavement, Overlay Design of Flexible Pavement.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. Develop an understanding of the fundamentals of pavement layer behaviour.
2. Comprehend the material specifications by interpreting the relationship between material
properties and pavement behaviour.
3. Conduct different tests on road construction materials to evaluate their characteristics
4. Carry out the design of flexible and rigid pavements
5. Acquire skilful knowledge of pavement construction practices, plant and machinery selection
and quality control

2
 Annexure-II 3 22.07.2023

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A
student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted
to each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum
total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment
Test component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the
second test will be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then
only one assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two
assignments at the end of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Khanna, S.K., Justo, C.E.G and Veeraragavan, A, 'Highway Engineering', Revised 10th Edition,
Nem Chand & Bros, 2017
2. Partha Chakraborty, “Principles of Transportation Engineering”, PHI Learning,
3. Principles and Practices of Highway Engineering by Kadiyali L.R and Dr.Lal N.B., Khanna
Publishers, New Delhi, 2003
4. Relevant IRC and IS Codes of Practices, MoRTH Specification

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 NPTEL and YouTube Videos.

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Visit to road construction site

3
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

WATER CONSERVATION AND RAIN WATER HARVESTING Semester 6

Course Code BCV654A CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 3:0:0;0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40Hrs Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 Appreciate basic concepts of Water and its importance.
 Learn elementary knowledge of ground water.
 Conceptually learn various theories related to Groundwater recharge and Groundwater
recharge
 Study about Subsurface investigation of Ground water.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1. Chalk and talk
2. PPT
3. You Tube video lectures
4. Open book test to understand the concepts.

Module-1
Water and its importance.
Monsoon– types and behavior in India, rainfall – characteristics and distribution, onset and withdrawal of
effective rains, dry spells and wet spells, critical dry spells, water loss from the soil, measurement and
factors, hydrological cycle, Importance and issues relating water status Scenario of water in Karnataka:
sources, geographical distribution, quality. Water (hydrological) cycle, influence of human activity on the
water cycle, Surface water resources.
Module-2
Elementary knowledge of ground water:
general aquifer. Water quality and its impact on human beings. Water harvesting: need, principles of water
harvesting, general water harvesting methods - rain water harvesting - methods, classes, benefits,
approach, rooftop rainwater harvesting , subsurface barrier/dykes, farm ponding, etc mostly used in rural
areas.
Module-3
Groundwater recharge.
Factors affecting groundwater recharge, Revival of traditional techniques for water harvesting. Calculation
of available rain water for harvesting. Preparation of suitable technical drawing and design of rain water
harvesting structure
Module-4
Elementary conservation of water:
importance, knowledge regarding conservation/saving of water in daily use, in agriculture, in industries.
Water Conservation strategies- Limiting the consumption, Reuse and recycling, Elimination of losses,
Pollution prevention
Module-5
Subsurface investigation of Ground water:
general, geophysical methods and its importance. Present law regarding water management
Water footprints- Blue water footprint, green water footprint, grey water footprint. Sustainability
assessment

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. Learn Water and its importance
2. Analyze and Design of RCC composite Girder
3. Design of Substructure and Auxiliary components
4. Design of different types of foundations for bridges.
5. Concept of different types of execution methods of Bridges and Inspection, Monitoring & Maintenance
of Bridges
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the SEE
minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be deemed to
have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the
student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal
Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment Test
component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the second test will
be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then only one
assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two assignments at the end
of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Relevant Indian Road Congress (IRC) codes and Ministry of Road Transport & Highway (MORT)
Specifications
2. Concrete Bridge practice by V.K. Raina
3. Essentials of Bridge Engineering by D. Johnson Victor

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 NPTEL and YouTube Videos.
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Visit to water conservation and harvesting site

2
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM Semester 6

Course Code BCV654B CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 3:0:0;0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 To introduce the fundamentals and components of Geographic Information System
 To provide details of spatial data structures and input, management and output processes.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1. Chalk and talk
2. PPT
3. You Tube video lectures
4. Open book test to understand the concepts..

Module-1
Fundamentals of GIS:
Introduction to GIS - Basic spatial concepts - Coordinate Systems - GIS and Information Systems –
Definitions– History of GIS - Components of a GIS – Hardware, Software, Data, People, Methods – Proprietary
and open source Software - Types of data – Spatial, Attribute data- types of attributes – scales/ levels of
measurements.
Module-2
Spatial Data Models;
Database Structures – Relational, Object Oriented – Entities – ER diagram - data models - conceptual, logical
and physical models - spatial data models – Raster Data Structures – Raster Data Compression - Vector Data
Structures - Raster vs Vector Models- TIN and GRID data models.
Module-3
Data Input and Topology:
Scanner - Raster Data Input – Raster Data File Formats – Georeferencing – Vector Data Input –Digitiser –
Datum Projection and reprojection -Coordinate Transformation – Topology - Adjacency, connectivity and
containment – Topological Consistency – Non topological file formats - Attribute Data linking – Linking
External Databases – GPS Data Integration
Module-4
Data Quality and Standards:
Data quality - Basic aspects - completeness, logical consistency, positional accuracy, temporal accuracy,
thematic accuracy and lineage – Metadata – GIS Standards –Interoperability - OGC - Spatial Data
Infrastructure.
Module-5
Data Management and Output:
Import/Export – Data Management functions- Raster to Vector and Vector to Raster Conversion -
Data Output - Map Compilation – Chart/Graphs – Multimedia – Enterprise Vs. Desktop GISdistributed GIS.

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. Have basic idea about the fundamentals of GIS.
2. Understand the types of data models.
3. Get knowledge about data input and topology.
4. Gain knowledge on data quality and standards.
5. Understand data management functions and data output

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A
student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted
to each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum
total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment
Test component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the
second test will be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then
only one assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two
assignments at the end of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Kang - Tsung Chang, Introduction to Geographic Information Systems, McGraw Hill Publishing, 2nd
Edition, 2011.
2. Ian Heywood, Sarah Cornelius, Steve Carver, Srinivasa Raju, “An Introduction Geographical Information
Systems, Pearson Education, 2nd Edition,2007.
3. Lo.C.P., Albert K.W. Yeung, Concepts and Techniques of Geographic Information Systems, Prentice-Hall
India Publishers, 2006

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 NPTEL VIDEOS.

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Visit to KSRSAC and ISRO

2
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

Integrated Waste Management for a Smart City Semester 6

Course Code BCV654C CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 3:0:0;0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 6
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 To introduce the fundamentals of Solid Waste Management
 To provide details of Sustainable Cities
 Understand the Sustainable Development Goals.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1. Chalk and talk
2. PPT
3. You Tube video lectures
4. Open book test to understand the concepts..

Module-1
Introduction to Solid Waste Management
Municipal Solid Waste Characteristics and Quantities generation rates and waste composition; Integrated
waste management issues, collection, recovery, reuse, recycling, energy-from-waste, and landfilling;
Module-2
Biological treatment of the organic waste fraction ;
Direct land application, composting, and anaerobic digestion.
MSW Rules 2016, Swachh Bharat Mission and Smart Cities Program
Module-3
Biochemical Processes and Composting
Energy Recovery from Municipal Solid Waste.
Current Issues in Solid Waste Management and Review of MSW Management Status in First List of 20 Smart
Cities in the Country
Module-4
Construction and Demolition (C&D) Waste
Management - Overview
C&D Waste – Regulation, Beneficial Reuse of C&D Waste Materials
Module-5
Electronic Waste (E-Waste)
Management – Issues and Status in India and Globally, E-Waste Management Rules 2016 and Management
Challenges.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. Understand basic idea about Sustainable Development.
2. Get knowledge about Sustainable Cities.
3. Gain knowledge on Saving Biodiversity.
4. Understand Sustainable Development Goals.

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A
student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted
to each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum
total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment
Test component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the
second test will be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then
only one assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two
assignments at the end of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. William A Worrell and P. Aarne Veslind Solid Waste Engineering, 2nd Edition (SI Edition) Cengage
Learning, 2012 (ISBN-13: 978-1-4390-6217-3)
2. George Tchobanoglous, Hilary Theisen and Samuel A Vigil, Integrated Solid Waste management, Tata
McGraw Hill
3. Manual on Solid Waste Management, prepared by The Central Public Health and Environmental
Engineering Organization(CPHEEO), India
4. MSW Management Rules 2016, Govt. of India, available online at CPCB website.
5. Electronic Waste Management Rules 2016, Govt. of India, CPCB website.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 NPTEL VIDEOS.

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Visit to landfill and waste management site

2
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT GOALS Semester 6

Course Code BCV654D CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 3:0:0;0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 To introduce the fundamentals and components of Sustainable Development
 To provide details of Sustainable Cities
 Understand the Sustainable Development Goals.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1. Chalk and talk
2. PPT
3. You Tube video lectures
4. Open book test to understand the concepts..

Module-1
Sustainable Development:
Introduction to Sustainable Development
Economic Growth and Progress, Continuing Poverty, Environmental Threats, Business as Usual Versus
Sustainable Development
Module-2
Sustainable Cities:
The Patterns of Urbanization Around the World, development of Sustainable city, Smart Infrastructure,
Urban Resilience, Planning for Sustainable Development.
Module-3
Curbing Climate Change
The Basic Science of Climate Change, Consequences, Mitigation, Adaptation, Mitigation Policies:

Module-4
Saving Biodiversity:
Concept of Biodiversity, Biodiversity Under Threat, Oceans and Fisheries, Deforestation International
Dynamics.
Module-5
Sustainable Development Goals
Introduction to Sustainable Development Goals, Goal-Based Development, Financing for Sustainable
Development, Principles of Good Governance, Feasibility of Sustainable Development.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. Understand basic idea about Sustainable Development.
2. Get knowledge about Sustainable Cities.
3. Gain knowledge on Saving Biodiversity.
4. Understand Sustainable Development Goals.

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A
student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted
to each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum
total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment
Test component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the
second test will be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then
only one assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two
assignments at the end of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Ram Kumar Mishra, Ch Lakshmi Kumari, Sandeep Chachra, P.S. Janaki Krishna “Smart Cities for
Sustainable Development” Springer, 2022 Edition
2. The Sustainable Development Goals Report 2020 Kindle Edition, Department of Economic and Social
Affairs
3. ‘The Sustainable Development Goals” Hardcover – December 4, 2018 United Nations.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 NPTEL VIDEOS.

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Visit to Industry to understand sustainability goals adopted

2
TEMPLATE for AEC (if the course is a theory) Annexure-IV 22.07.2023

Structural Health Monitoring Using Sensors Semester 6

Course Code BCV657A CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 1:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 15 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 1
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 To provide an understanding of the principles of SHM and its importance in the field of
civil engineering.
 To familiarize students with different types of sensors used in SHM and their principles of
operation
 To teach students how to design and implement a sensor-based monitoring system for a
civil engineering structure.
 To provide students with the knowledge of data acquisition, processing, and analysis
techniques for SHM.
 To demonstrate the application of SHM in the assessment of civil engineering structures
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various
course outcomes.
 Blackboard teaching
 Power point Presentation
 Videos, NPTEL materials
 Quiz/Assignments/Open book test to develop skills.
Module-1
Introduction on SHM: Introduction to Structural Health Monitoring, Definition and
importance of SHM in civil engineering, History and evolution of SHM,SHM system
components and their functions.
Module-2
Types of Sensors for Structural Health Monitoring: Overview of different types of sensors,
Principles of operation and selection of sensors for different structures, Advantages and
disadvantages of different sensors, SHM using Optical Fibres and other sensors

Module-3
Structural Health Monitoring and Smart Materials: Structural Health Monitoring versus
Non Destructive Evaluation, Health Monitoring and Demolition Techniques, Long term health
monitoring techniques, Understanding Piezoelectric materials

Module-4
Design of Sensor-based Monitoring System: System design considerations, Sensor placement
and installation, System calibration and validation

Module-5
Applications of Structural Health Monitoring: Monitoring of buildings, bridges, and dams,
Case studies of SHM applications in civil engineering, Future trends and challenges in SHM.

1
TEMPLATE for AEC (if the course is a theory) Annexure-IV 22.07.2023

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to:
1. Understand the concept of structural health monitoring and various methods applied for
monitoring of structures and structural safety
2. Analyze the sensor systems in structural health monitoring.
3. Design and implement a sensor-based monitoring system for a civil engineering structure.
4. Apply the application of SHM in the assessment of engineering structures
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the SEE
minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be deemed to
have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student
secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation)
and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.
Continuous internal Examination (CIE)
 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment Test
component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the second test will
be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then only one
assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two assignments at the end of
the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examinations (SEE)

SEE paper shall be set for 50 questions, each of the 01 marks. The pattern of the question paper is MCQ
(multiple choice questions). The time allotted for SEE is 01 hour. The student has to secure a minimum of 35%
of the maximum marks meant for SEE.
OR
MCQ (Multiple Choice Questions) are preferred for 01 credit courses, however, if course content demands the
general question paper pattern that followed for 03 credit course, then
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 10 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module may or may not
have the sub-questions (with maximum sub-questions of 02, with marks distributions 5+5, 4+6, 3+7).
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Daniel Balageas, Claus-Peter Fritzen, Alfredo Güemes, “Structural Health Monitoring”, John Wiley
and Sons, 2006
2. Douglas E Adams, “Health Monitoring of Structural Materials and Components”, John Wiley and
Sons, 2000
3. E-resources 1. E-learning content on L&T EduTech Platform
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 L&T EduTech Lecture Videos.
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Site visit to understand the structural health monitoring systems

2
TEMPLATE for AEC (if the course is a theory) Annexure-IV 22.07.2023

Quality Control and Quality Assurance Semester 6

Course Code BCV657B CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 1:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 15 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 1
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 Appreciate the concept of Quality
 Articulate the Implication of Quality in construction
 Implement QA & QC Programs
 Realise the importance of QMS in Civil Engineering.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Chalk and talk
2. Power point Presentation, video
3. Site Visit
4. Industry interaction.

Module-1
Overview of Quality: Quality History, Quality Definition, Quality Inspection, Quality Control,
Quality Assurance, Quality Engineering, Quality Management, Quality Gurus: Philip B.
Crosby, W. Edwards Deming etc, PDCA Cycle, Costs associated with Quality, Reasons for
Poor Quality
Module-2
Quality Management: Management Practices: TQM, Vision and Quality policy, Quality
Function Deployment, Bench marking and performance evaluation, ISO 9000 Quality
Management System, ISO 14000 Environmental Management System
Module-3
Statistical Quality Control: Importance of SQC in construction, Statistical parameters:
sampling, population and sampling, measure of variability, measure of central tendency,
Recommendations of IS 456:2000 on sampling, testing and acceptance criteria for concrete.
Module-4
QA and QC in Construction: Errors in concrete construction; Frequency of material testing and
reporting of basic construction materials (cement, sand, coarse aggregate, bricks, steel), Norms
for accepting and rejecting criteria of basic construction materials as per relevant IS codes.
Module-5
On-Site Quality: Achieving quality at different stages of construction: Conceptual Design,
Preliminary Design, Detailed Design, Construction, Testing, Commissioning, and Handover.
Quality assessment of concrete through NDT: rebound hammer and USPV tests and guidelines
for accepting and rejecting.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
1. Realize the importance of quality in construction
2. Apply SQC techniques in different aspects of construction
3. Implement QMS programs at different levels of construction

1
TEMPLATE for AEC (if the course is a theory) Annexure-IV 22.07.2023

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the SEE
minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be deemed to
have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student
secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation)
and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

Continuous internal Examination (CIE)

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment Test
component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the second test will
be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then only one
assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two assignments at the end of
the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examinations (SEE)

SEE paper shall be set for 50 questions, each of the 01 marks. The pattern of the question paper is MCQ
(multiple choice questions). The time allotted for SEE is 01 hour. The student has to secure a minimum of
35% of the maximum marks meant for SEE.
OR
MCQ (Multiple Choice Questions) are preferred for 01 credit courses, however, if course content demands the
general question paper pattern that followed for 03 credit course, then
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 10 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module may or may not
have the sub-questions (with maximum sub-questions of 02, with marks distributions 5+5, 4+6, 3+7).
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Juran J M and Gryna F M, Quality Planning and Analysis
2. Hutchins G, John L Ashford, The Management of Quality in Construction
3. Mohamed A. El-Reedy, “Concrete and Steel Construction, Quality Control and Assurance”,
CRC Press, Taylor and Francis Group
4. M. S. Shetty, Concrete Technology, S Chand Publications
5. Relevant IS Codes

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 Online study material
 You Tube videos.
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Demonstrations of Videos
 Industrial visit – preparation of checklists for different activities in construction
 Collection of typical reports on testing of basic construction materials

2
TEMPLATE for AEC (if the course is a theory) Annexure-IV 22.07.2023

DATA ANALYTICS FOR CIVIL ENGINEERS Semester 6

Course Code BCV657C CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 1;0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 20Hrs Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 1
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 Get an overall view of data analysis based on CRISP-DM process model.
 Study data quality assessment and visualization techniques for data involving two attributes and for
higher dimensional data.
 Understand principles of modelling by going through various data modelling techniques.
 Get a detailed account of data preparation phase.
 Study statistical concepts related to data analysis.
 Enable students to independently perform data analytic procedures on data pertaining to civil
engineering using Excel and R.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Chalk and Talk teaching.
2. Collection of data from allied fields of civil engineering and selecting appropriate data analytic
method.
3. Use of ICT material to show graphical simulations related to dimension reduction, scattering, parallel
plots , star diagrams, Radar plots etc....

Module-1
Introduction to Data Analytics: Data and knowledge, criteria to assess the knowledge, descriptive
statistics of the data, inferential statistics, exploratory data analysis, knowledge discovery in data bases,
data analysis processes, SEMMA, CRISP-DM, methods, tasks and tools.
Module-2
Understanding the Data : Attribute understanding, kinds of attributes (nominal, interval, ratio types).
Characteristics of one dimensional data, location measures, dispersion measures, and shape measures.
Characteristic measures of multidimensional data, data quality, visual analytics of one dimensional data,
density plots, box plots, scatter plots. Correlation and covariance. Methods for multidimensional data ( just
briefing). Analysis of data pertaining to civil engineering.
Module-3
Principles of Data Modelling : The four steps of modeling, model classes, black-box models, fitting criteria
and score functions, error functions for classification problems, measure of interestingness, closed form
algorithm for model fitting. Types of errors. Model validation (briefing on methods). Modelling on the data
specific to civil engineering.

Module-4
Data Preparation : Selection of data, feature selection, selecting top ranked subset of data, cross product,
wrapper approach, and correlation based filter. Cleaning data, improving data quality, dealing with missing
values, construct data, providing operability, assuring impartiality and maximize efficiency. Complex data
types. Implementation of methods on data specific to civil engineering.
Module-5
Finding patterns in data: Clustering – methods. Hierarchical clustering. Dissimilarity measures, Minkowisci,
Euclidian, Manhattan, Chebyshev, and cosine. Deviation measures. Association rules. Brief introduction to self
organizing maps. Implementation of methods on data specific to civil engineering.

1
TEMPLATE for AEC (if the course is a theory) Annexure-IV 22.07.2023

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to:
1. Demonstrate a sophisticated understanding of the concepts and methods; know the exact scopes and
possible limitations of each methods and tasks involved. Apply CRISP-DM data analysis processes to
civil engineering related data in decision making.
2. Apply appropriate data visualization techniques and perform correlation analysis on the real world
data pertaining to allied areas of civil engineering.
3. Develop appropriate model for the data using the suitable algorithm and validate the so developed
model using appropriate validation technique.
4. Decide on appropriate method/ technique for data preparation and provide operability by assuring
impartiality and integrity to the given real world data drawn from various sub domains of civil
engineering.
5. Perform similarity analysis using similarity metrics and to implement simple clustering techniques of
the given data set in one and multiple dimensions.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). The
student is declared as a pass in the course if he/she secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End
Examination) taken together
Continuous internal Examination (CIE)
 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment
Test component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the second
test will be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then
only one assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two
assignments at the end of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examinations (SEE)

SEE paper shall be set for 50 questions, each of the 01 marks. The pattern of the question paper is MCQ
(multiple choice questions). The time allotted for SEE is 01 hour. The student has to secure a minimum of
35% of the maximum marks meant for SEE.
OR
MCQ (Multiple Choice Questions) are preferred for 01 credit courses, however, if course content demands the
general question paper pattern that followed for 03 credit course, then
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 10 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module may or may not
have the sub-questions (with maximum sub-questions of 02, with marks distributions 5+5, 4+6, 3+7).
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. The duration of the examinations shall be defined by the concerned board of studies

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Michel R. Berthold, Christian Borgelt, Frank Hoopner, Guide to Intelligent Data Analysis, Springer- Verlag

2
TEMPLATE for AEC (if the course is a theory) Annexure-IV 22.07.2023

Publications, ISBN 978-1-84882-259-7, DOI 10.1007/978-1-84882-260-3, London , 2010

2. Charles M.Zudd, Garry H.Mcchelland, Carry S.Ryan, Data Analysis: A Model Comparison Approach,
Routledge Publication, NY, 2009.
3. Allan Agresty, An Introduction to Categorical Data Analysis, 2nd Edition, Wiley Publication.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://www.kdnuggets.com
 www.kaggle.com
 www.datameer.com.
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Students in groups ( not more than two)need to garner data pertaining to civil engineering from
resources ( Internet, standard Journal papers, experimental data....) apply all the methods learnt
during the course, implement the methods using Excel and prepare a small report.

3
TEMPLATE for AEC (if the course is a theory) Annexure-IV 22.07.2023

AI and Analytics for Structural Health Monitoring Semester 6

Course Code BCV657D CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 1:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 15 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 1
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 The objective of this course is to provide civil engineering students with a comprehensive
understanding of the application of AI and analytics in Structural Health Monitoring (SHM).
The course aims to familiarize students with the principles, techniques, and tools necessary
for effectively monitoring and maintaining the structural integrity of civil infrastructure
using AI-based approaches.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Blackboard teaching
2. Power point Presentation
3. Videos, NPTEL materials
4. Quiz/Assignments/Open book test to develop skills.

Module-1
Introduction to Structural Health Monitoring: Importance of SHM in civil engineering, Overview
of AI and analytics in SHM, Applications of SHM in real-world scenarios 3 hours
Module-2
Fundamentals of Machine Learning: Introduction to machine learning concepts, Supervised and
unsupervised learning, Feature selection and feature engineering 3 hours
Module-3
AI Techniques for Structural Health Monitoring: Sensor data acquisition and pre-processing, Data
fusion and integration techniques, Anomaly detection algorithms 4 hours
Module-4
Analytics and Predictive Maintenance for SHM: Predictive maintenance strategies for
infrastructure, Fault detection and diagnosis, Prognostics for remaining useful life estimation
3 hours
Module-5
Case Studies and Hands-on Experience: Case studies of real-world SHM projects, Introduction to
SHM software tools and platforms, Hands-on exercises and demonstrations 2 hours
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
1. Understand the significance of SHM in civil engineering and recognize its practical applications.
2. Comprehend the fundamental concepts and techniques of machine learning and their relevance to
SHM.
3. Apply AI techniques for sensor data acquisition, pre-processing, and integration in SHM systems.
4. Utilize anomaly detection algorithms to identify and diagnose structural faults and abnormalities.
5. Employ predictive maintenance strategies and prognostics for estimating remaining useful life in civil
infrastructure.
6. Analyze case studies of real-world SHM projects to gain practical insights into AI and analytics
implementation.
7. Demonstrate proficiency in using SHM software tools and platforms through hands-on exercises.

1
TEMPLATE for AEC (if the course is a theory) Annexure-IV 22.07.2023

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the SEE
minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be deemed to
have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student
secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation)
and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

Continuous internal Examination (CIE)

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment Test
component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the second test will
be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then only one
assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two assignments at the end of
the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examinations (SEE)

SEE paper shall be set for 50 questions, each of the 01 marks. The pattern of the question paper is MCQ
(multiple choice questions). The time allotted for SEE is 01 hour. The student has to secure a minimum of
35% of the maximum marks meant for SEE.
OR
MCQ (Multiple Choice Questions) are preferred for 01 credit courses, however, if course content demands the
general question paper pattern that followed for 03 credit course, then
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 10 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module may or may not
have the sub-questions (with maximum sub-questions of 02, with marks distributions 5+5, 4+6, 3+7).
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. “Structural Health Monitoring: An Advanced Signal Processing Perspective” by Surajit Roy and Ankit
Gupta (Indian authors)
2. “Artificial Intelligence in Structural Engineering: Information Technology for Design, Collaboration,
Maintenance, and Monitoring” by Ian F. C. Smith and P. D. McFadden (Foreign authors)
3. “Data Analytics in Structural Engineering” by Manfred A. Hirt and Karin A. Höpker (Foreign authors)
4. “Advanced Structural Health Monitoring of Civil Infrastructure Systems” by Jayadeva, Souvik Chakraborty,
and N. Ranganathan (Indian authors)

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 YouTube Videos.
 NPTEL Video Lectures

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Visit to site to understand data collection and field problems

2
Template for Practical Course and if AEC is a practical Course Annexure-V 22.07.2023

Software Application Lab Semester 6

Course Code BCVL606 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Credits 01 Exam Hours 100
Examination type (SEE) Practical
Course objectives:
 Use industry standard software in a professional set up.
 Understand the elements of finite element modelling, specification of loads and boundary condition,
performing analysis and interpretation of results for final design.
 Develop customized automation tools..

Sl.NO Experiments

1 Analysis of plane trusses, continuous beams using software

2 Analysis of portal frames using software

Understanding basic features of Project management software. Constructing Project: create
3 WBS, Activities, and tasks and Computation Time using Excel spread sheet and transferring the
same to Project management software.
Identification of Predecessor and Successor activities with constrain. Constructing Network
4
diagram (AON Diagram) and analyzing for Critical path,
Critical activities and Other non-Critical paths, Project duration, Floats. Study on various View
5
options available
Basic understanding about Resource Creation and allocation g. Understanding about Splitting the
6 activity, Linking multiple activity, assigning Constrains, Merging Multiple projects, Creating
Baseline Project
GIS applications using open source software: To create shape files for point, line and polygon
7
features with a map as reference. To create decision maps for specific purpose.
Computation of earthwork, Design of horizontal curve by offset method, Design of super
8
elevation Using Excel
Demonstration Experiments ( For CIE )

9 Creating structural model and analysis of high rise structures

10 Creating a model of building and the effect of earth quake

11 Create a model of large span roof and analyse

12 Crate a plan and set of structural drawings for a multi-storied building

Course outcomes (Course Skill Set):
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Use software for analysis and design of structural elements.
 Design using excel spread sheet
 Modelling of structural elements of buildings

1
 Template for Practical Course and if AEC is a practical Course Annexure-V 22.07.2023

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the SEE minimum
passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of
40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End
Examination) taken together

Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

CIE marks for the practical course are 50 Marks.
The split-up of CIE marks for record/ journal and test are in the ratio 60:40.
 Each experiment is to be evaluated for conduction with an observation sheet and record write-up. Rubrics for
the evaluation of the journal/write-up for hardware/software experiments are designed by the faculty who is
handling the laboratory session and are made known to students at the beginning of the practical session.
 Record should contain all the specified experiments in the syllabus and each experiment write-up will be
evaluated for 10 marks.
 Total marks scored by the students are scaled down to 30 marks (60% of maximum marks).
 Weightage to be given for neatness and submission of record/write-up on time.
 Department shall conduct a test of 100 marks after the completion of all the experiments listed in the
syllabus.
 In a test, test write-up, conduction of experiment, acceptable result, and procedural knowledge will carry a
weightage of 60% and the rest 40% for viva-voce.
 The suitable rubrics can be designed to evaluate each student’s performance and learning ability.
 The marks scored shall be scaled down to 20 marks (40% of the maximum marks).
The Sum of scaled-down marks scored in the report write-up/journal and marks of a test is the total CIE marks
scored by the student.

Semester End Evaluation (SEE):

 SEE marks for the practical course are 50 Marks.
 SEE shall be conducted jointly by the two examiners of the same institute, examiners are appointed by the
Head of the Institute.
 The examination schedule and names of examiners are informed to the university before the conduction of
the examination. These practical examinations are to be conducted between the schedule mentioned in the
academic calendar of the University.
 All laboratory experiments are to be included for practical examination.
 (Rubrics) Breakup of marks and the instructions printed on the cover page of the answer script to be
strictly adhered to by the examiners. OR based on the course requirement evaluation rubrics shall be
decided jointly by examiners.
 Students can pick one question (experiment) from the questions lot prepared by the examiners jointly.
 Evaluation of test write-up/ conduction procedure and result/viva will be conducted jointly by examiners.
 General rubrics suggested for SEE are mentioned here, writeup-20%, Conduction procedure and result in -60%,
Viva-voce 20% of maximum marks. SEE for practical shall be evaluated for 100 marks and scored marks shall
be scaled down to 50 marks (however, based on course type, rubrics shall be decided by the examiners)
 Change of experiment is allowed only once and 15% of Marks allotted to the procedure part are to be made
zero.
The minimum duration of SEE is 02 hours
Suggested Learning Resources:

 Training manuals and User manuals and Relevant course reference books

2
MKV-TEMPLATE for IPCC (26.04.2022) Annexure-III 22.07.2023

Design of Steel Structural Elements Semester 7

Course Code BCV701 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 hours Theory + 8-10 Lab slots Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours 3
Examination nature (SEE) Theory/practical
Course objectives:
1. Understand the behaviour of structural elements in steel structures and well versed with Steel
design principles according to the guidelines of IS: 800-2007.
2. Apply their knowledge of Structural mechanics to analyse and design the steel structures.
3. Design the steel structural elements of different forms and connections under different stresses.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies; that teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1. Chalk and Talk
2. Use Power point presentation
3. Visit an Industrial Building Construction site.
MODULE-1
Introduction: Advantages and Disadvantages of Steel Structures, Limit state method Limit
State of Strength, Structural Stability, Serviceability Limit states, Failure Criteria of steel,
Design Consideration, Loading and load combinations, IS code provisions, Specification and
Section classification.
Plastic Behavior of Structural Steel: Introduction, Plastic theory, Plastic Hinge Concept,
Plastic collapse load, load factor, Shape factor, Theorem of plastic collapse, Methods of
Plastic analysis.

MODULE-2
Bolted Connections: Introduction, Types of Bolts, Behavior of bolted joints, Design of High
Strength friction Grip (HSFG) bolts, Design of Simple bolted Connections (Lap and Butt
joints) and bracket connections both types

MODULE-3
Welded Connections: Introduction, Types and properties of welds, Effective areas of welds,
Weld Defects, Simple welded joints for truss member and Bracket connections both types.
Advantages and Disadvantages of Bolted and Welded Connections.
MODULE-4
Design of Tension Members: Introduction, Types of Tension members, Slenderness ratio,
Modes of Failure, Factors affecting the strength of tension members, Design of Tension
members with Lug angles.
Design of Column Bases: Design of Simple Slab Base and Gusseted Base.

MODULE-5
Design of Compression Members: Introduction, Failure modes, Behavior of compression members,
Sections used for compression members, Effective length of compression members, Design of
compression members and built up Compression members, Design of Laced and Battened Systems.

1
MKV-TEMPLATE for IPCC (26.04.2022) Annexure-III 22.07.2023

PRACTICAL COMPONENT OF IPCC (May cover all / major modules)

Sl.NO Experiments
1 Design a Bolted Connections using M S Excel
2 Design a welded Connections using M S Excel
3 Design of Tension members using M S Excel
4 Design of Compression Members using MS Excel
5 Design of Simple Slab Base using M S excel
6 Design of Gusseted Base using M S Excel
Draw the following using AutoCAD.
7
Column bases and Gusseted bases with bolted and welded connections.
Draw the following using AutoCAD.
8
Roof Truss – Welded and Bolted
Draw the following using AutoCAD.
9
Connections – Beam to beam, Beam to Column by Bolted and Welded Connections.
Draw the following using AutoCAD.
10
Built-up Columns with lacings and battens.
11 Drawing of Gantry Girder for the given data using AutoCAD.
12 Drawing of Welded Plate girder for the given data using Auto CAD.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set):
At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1. Explain: the engineering properties and the behaviour of steel structural elements according to the
guidelines. L-2
2. Analyse and design: Structural connection of Steel Elements. L-4 & L-5
3. Analyse and design: the steel structural elements of different forms under different stresses. L-4 & L-5
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the
SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be
deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/
course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

CIE for the theory component of the IPCC (maximum marks 50)
 IPCC means practical portion integrated with the theory of the course.
 CIE marks for the theory component are 25 marks and that for the practical component is 25
marks.
 25 marks for the theory component are split into 15 marks for two Internal Assessment Tests (Two
Tests, each of 15 Marks with 01-hour duration, are to be conducted) and 10 marks for other
assessment methods mentioned in 22OB4.2. The first test at the end of 40-50% coverage of the
syllabus and the second test after covering 85-90% of the syllabus.
 Scaled-down marks of the sum of two tests and other assessment methods will be CIE marks for the
theory component of IPCC (that is for 25 marks).
 The student has to secure 40% of 25 marks to qualify in the CIE of the theory component of IPCC.
CIE for the practical component of the IPCC

 15 marks for the conduction of the experiment and preparation of laboratory record, and 10 marks
for the test to be conducted after the completion of all the laboratory sessions.
 On completion of every experiment/program in the laboratory, the students shall be evaluated
including viva-voce and marks shall be awarded on the same day.
 The CIE marks awarded in the case of the Practical component shall be based on the continuous

2
MKV-TEMPLATE for IPCC (26.04.2022) Annexure-III 22.07.2023

evaluation of the laboratory report. Each experiment report can be evaluated for 10 marks. Marks of
all experiments’ write-ups are added and scaled down to 15 marks.
 The laboratory test (duration 02/03 hours) after completion of all the experiments shall be
conducted for 50 marks and scaled down to 10 marks.
 Scaled-down marks of write-up evaluations and tests added will be CIE marks for the laboratory
component of IPCC for 25 marks.
 The student has to secure 40% of 25 marks to qualify in the CIE of the practical component of the
IPCC.
SEE for IPCC
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the course (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored by the student shall be proportionally scaled down to 50 Marks
The theory portion of the IPCC shall be for both CIE and SEE, whereas the practical portion will
have a CIE component only. Questions mentioned in the SEE paper may include questions from
the practical component.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. N Subramanian, “Design of Steel Structures”, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, India.
2. S K Duggal, “Limit State Design of Steel Structures” McGraw Hill Publications Chennai.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105105162

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning:

Develop a Models of the following connections:
1. Lap Joint, But Joint (bolted and welded)
2. Angle connected to Gusset plate
3. Plate Connected to gusset plate
4. Beam to beam connections
5. Beam to Column Connection
6. Built up Column with lacings and Battens.

3
 22.07.2023

ESTIMATION AND CONTRACT MANAGEMENT Semester VII

Course Code BCV702 CIEMarks 50
TeachingHours/Week(L:T:P:S) 3:2:0:0 SEEMarks 50
TotalHoursofPedagogy 40hoursTheory TotalMarks 100
Credits 04 ExamHours 03
Examinationnature(SEE) Theory
Course Learning Objectives: This course will enable students to;
 Estimate the quantities of work, develop the bill of quantities and arrive at the Cost of civil
engineeringProject
 Understand and apply the concept of Valuation for Properties
 Understand, Apply and Create the Tender and Contract document.

Teaching-Learning Process(General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies; that teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1. Blackboard teaching/power point presentation
2. Regular review of the students by asking questions based on topics covered in the class

MODULE-1
Quantity Estimation for Building: study of various drawing attached with estimates, important terms, units
of measurements, abstract, Types of estimates. Estimation of building by Short wall and long wall method -
centreline method.
Estimate of R.C.C structures including Slab, beam, column, footings.
MODULE-2
Estimate of Steel truss, manhole and septic tanks and slab culvert.
Quantity Estimation for Roads: Computation of volume of earthwork fully in banking, cutting, partly
cuttingand partly Filling by mid-section, trapezoidal and Prismoidal Methods.
MODULE-3
Specification for Civil Engineering Works: Objective of writing specifications essentials in specifications,
general and detail specifications of different items of works in buildings and roads.
Analysis of Rates : Factors Affecting Cost of Civil Works , Concept of Direct Cost , Indirect Cost and Project
Cost
Rate analysis and preparation of bills, Data analysis of rates for various items of Works, Sub-structure
components, Rate analysis for R.C.C. slabs, columns and beams.
MODULE-4
. Contract Management-Tender and its Process: Invitation to tender, Prequalification, administrative
approval& Technical sanction. Bid submission and Evaluation process. Contract Formulation: Letter of intent,
Award of contract, letter of acceptance and notice to proceed. Features / elements of standard Tender
document (source: PWD / CPWD / International Competitive Bidding – NHAI / NHEPC / NPC).
Law of Contract as per Indian Contract act 1872, Types of Contract, Joint venture.
Contract Forms: FIDIC contract Forms, CPWD, NHAI, NTPC, NHEPC
MODULE-5
Contract Management-Post award :Basic understanding on definitions, Performance security, Mobilization
and equipment advances, Secured Advance, Suspension of work, Time limit for completion, Liquidated
damages and bonus, measurement and payment, additions and alterations or variations and deviations, breach
of contract, Escalation, settlement of account or final payment, claims, Delay’s and Compensation, Disputes &
itsresolution mechanism, Contract management and administration.
Valuation: Definitions of terms used in valuation process, Purpose of valuation, Cost, Estimate, Value and its
relationship, Capitalized value. Freehold and lease hold and easement, Sinking fund, depreciation–methods of
estimating depreciation, Outgoings, Process and methods of valuation: Rent fixation, valuation for
mortgage, valuation of land.

1
 22.07.2023

Course outcomes: After studying this course, students will be able to:
1. Taking out quantities and work out the cost and preparation of abstract for the estimated cost for
variouscivil engineering works.
2. Prepare detailed and abstract estimates for various road works, structural works and water supply
andsanitary works.
3. Prepare the specifications and analyze the rates for various items of work.
4. Assess contract and tender documents for various construction works.
5. Prepare valuation reports of buildings..
AssessmentDetails(bothCIEandSEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%.The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for
the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall
bedeemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each
subject/course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the
CIE(Continuous InternalEvaluation)andSEE (SemesterEndExamination)taken together.

CIE(maximummarks50)
 50 marks for CIE are split into 30marks for three Internal Assessment Tests and 20marks for other
assessment methods mentioned in 22OB4.2.
 The first test at the end of 30-35% coverage of the syllabus, the second test after covering 65-70%of the
syllabus and the third test for 95-100% coverage of syllabus
 The student must secure 40% of 50marks to qualify in the CIE

SEE (Max 100 Marks scaled downed to 50 Marks)

Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common questionpapersfor
thecourse (duration03hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students must answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module. Marks scored by the student
shall be proportionally scaled down to 50Marks
Suggested Learning Resources:
Recommended Reading:
1. Datta B.N., “Estimating and costing”, UBSPD Publishing House, New Delhi.
2. B.S. Patil, “Civil Engineering Contracts and Estimates”, Universities Press.
3. M. Chakraborthi; “Estimation, Costing and Specifications”, Laxmi Publications.
4. MORTH Specification for Roads and Bridge Works – IRC New Delhi
5. Kohli D.D and Kohli R.C, “Estimating and Costing", 12 th Edition, S.Chand Publishers, 2014.
6. Vazirani V.N and Chandola S.P, “Estimating and costing", Khanna Publishers, 2015.
7. Rangwala, C. "Estimating, Costing and Valuation", Charotar Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 2015.
8. Duncan Cartlidge , "Quantity Surveyor’s Pocket Book", Routledge Publishers, 2012.
9. Martin Brook, "Estimating and Tendering for Construction Work", A Butterworth-Heinemann publishers,
2008.
10. Robert L Peurifoy , Garold D. Oberlender , “ Estimating Construction Costs” – 5ed , Tata McGraw-Hill ,
New Delhi.
11. David Pratt, “Fundamentals of Construction Estimating” – 3ed, Edition.
12. PWD Data Book, CPWD Schedule of Rates (SoR). and NH SoR – Karnataka FIDIC Contract forms.
13. B.S. Ramaswamy “Contracts and their Management” 3ed, Lexis Nexis(a division of Reed Elsevier IndiaPvt
Ltd).
WeblinksandVideoLectures(e-Resources):
https://youtu.be/ofkpm4lhJcg
https://youtu.be/GGikveOcaJw

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Conduction of technical seminars on recent research activities
 Group Discussion
2
 22.07.2023

 Site visits

3
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

Prestressed Concrete Semester 7

Course Code BCV703 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 2:2:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 To explain the necessity of prestressed concrete
 To understand the principles and methods of design according to IS 1343 and IRC 112
 To estimate losses due to prestressing
 To design pre-stressed concrete pipes, tanks, beams or I-girder for bridge, one-way and
two-way slabs
 To illustrate the concept of special bridge like cable stayed bridges and balanced
cantilever bridges
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Blackboard teaching
2. Power point Presentation
3. Videos, NPTEL materials
4. Quiz/Assignments/Open book test to develop skills.
5. Adopt problem-based learning (PBL) to develop analytical and thinking skills.

Module-1
Introduction to pre-stressed concrete structures: Concepts of Prestressing- Historical
development of prestressing - Design Codes for PreStressed Structures- Advantages &
Limitations of Pre-stressed Concrete Material - Need for High Strength Concrete- High
Tension Steel- Types of Prestressing Steel
Module-2
Losses of Prestressing and Prestressing Systems: Losses– Immediate losses due to Friction
and wobble, Elastic shortening Anchorage Slip - Time dependent losses due to Creep,
Shrinkage and Relaxation losses - Introduction to Pre-stressing systems – Pre -Tensioning
Devices – Post -Tensioning Devices - Anchorage Devices - Mechanical pre-stressing -
Chemical Pre-stressing - Electrical Pre-stressing

Module-3
Principle and Methods of design: Combined Load Approach - Internal Couple Approach -
Load Balancing Approach - Steel Stress in Bonded and Un-bonded tendons – Flexure and
Shear – Crack and Deflection - Design as per IS 1343 - Design of Anchorage zone – End
block- Cable Profiling for different beams - Mechanism of Transfer of Prestress in Pre-
Tensioning System and Post Tensioned system
Module-4
Applications of Pre-stressing: Circular Prestressing – Introduction - Types and Design of
Prestressed Concrete Pipes Pre-stressing in Buildings – Beams – One-way Slabs – Two-way
Slabs – Flat slabs Structures – Tanks, Poles & Piles - Partial Prestress - behavior, advantages and
disadvantages Remember the concepts of Prestressing

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

Module-5
Pre-stressing in Bridges: Composite Construction – Introduction - Analysis-IRC 112 Codal
provisions for ULS and SLS – Design of a I-girder with cast in situ slab -Viaducts – Balanced
cantilever bridges – Railway sleepers
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. Remember the concepts of Prestressing
2. Understand the concept of pre-tensioning and posttensioning
3. Carry out the Analysis and Design of composite I girder
4. Perform the design of anchorage zones, composite pipes, sleepers and tanks
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the SEE
minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be deemed to
have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the
student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal
Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment Test
component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the second test will
be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then only one
assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two assignments at the end
of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Prestressed Concrete Structure by T.Y.Lin, Ned H. Burns
2. Prestressed Concrete by N. Krishna Raju
3. Prestressed Concrete by G.S.Pandit and S.P.Gupta
4. IRC 112 and IS 1343 codes
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 E-learning content on L&T EduTech Platform.
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Visit to Site to understand prestressing

2
 22.07.2023

VII Semester
INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS
Course Code BCV714A CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) (3:0:0:0) SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 hours Theory Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Examination nature (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
This course will enable students
 To learn the fundamentals of ITS.
 To study the ITS functional areas
 To have an overview of ITS implementation in developing countries
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various
course outcomes.
1. Blackboard teaching/PowerPoint presentations (if needed)
2. Regular review of students by asking questions based on topics covered in the class.
Module-1 Introduction to Intelligent Transport System
Introduction to Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) -Definition – Role and
Responsibilities – Advanced Traveller Information System – Fleet Oriented ITS Services –
Electronic Toll Collection – Critical issues – Security – Safety
Module-2 ITS Architecture and Hardware
Architecture – ITS Architecture Framework – Hardware Sensors – Vehicle Detection –
Techniques – Dynamic Message Sign – GPRS – GPS – Toll Collection
Module-3 Advanced Transport Management System
Video Detection – Virtual Loop - Cameras - ANPR – IR Lighting – Integrated Traffic
Management – Control Centre – Junction Management Strategies- ATMS – Advanced Traveler
Information Systems (ATIS)- Route Guidance – Issues - Historical – Current – Predictive
Guidance – Data Collection – Analysis – Dynamic Traffic Assignment (DTA) – Components –
Algorithm.
Module-4 Advanced Traveller and Information System
Travel Information – Pre Trip and Enroute Methods- Basic ATIS Concepts – Smart Route
System – Data Collection – Process – Dissemination to Travelers – Evaluation of Information –
Value of Information – Business Opportunities
Module-5 Case Studies
Automated Highway Systems - Vehicles in Platoons – Integration of Automated Highway
Systems. ITS Programs in the World – Overview of ITS implementations in developed
countries, ITS in developing countries.

1
 22.07.2023

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

On completion of the course the students should be able to
 Understand the sensor and communication technologies.
 Apply the various ITS methodologies
 Define the significance of ITS under Indian conditions

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

CIE for the theory component of the PEC (maximum marks 50)

CIE for the practical component of the PEC

SEE for PEC

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Intelligent Transport Systems, Intelligent Transportation Primer, Washington, US, 2001.
2. Henry F.Korth, and Abraham Siberschatz, Data Base System Concepts, McGraw Hill, 1992.
3. Turban E.,”Decision Support and Export Systems Management Support Systems", Maxwell Macmillan, 1998.
4. Sitausu S. Mittra, "Decision Support Systems – Tools and Techniques", John Wiley, New York, 1986.
5. Cycle W.Halsapple and Andrew B.Winston, "Decision Support Systems – Theory and Application‟, Springer
Verlog, New York, 1987
6. ITS Hand Book 2000: Recommendations for World Road Association (PIARC) by Kan Paul Chen, John Miles.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105107210
 https://www.civil.iitb.ac.in/tvm/nptel/591_ITS_1/web/web.html
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Seminars/Quiz (To assist in GATE Preparations)
 Self-Study on simple topics
 Simple problems solving using Excel
 Discussion of case studies
 Virtual Lab experiments

2
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

Precast Members – Systems & Construction Semester 7

Course Code BCV714B CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 Impart concepts of precast concrete building design
 Comprehend various aspects like selection and planning of structural system and its
components, significance, plant and production methods, transportation and erection
sequence of precast elements
 Evaluate actual loads, integrating architectural and services requirements, structural
modelling & analysis of a precast building
 Design and detailing of precast multi-storeyed building using software.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Blackboard teaching
2. Power point Presentation
3. Videos, NPTEL materials
4. Quiz/Assignments/Open book test to develop skills.
5. Adopt problem-based learning (PBL) to develop analytical and thinking skills.

Module-1
Introduction to Precast and its elements: tractors, end users) and Limitations, Residential,
Commercial & Industrial Applications of precast, Materials used, Code provisions and clauses.
Major elements (Beam, slab, wall, column, foundation, staircase, roof elements, façade) :
Classification, Types and shapes, selection, application, erection, advantages, Infra works -
Pipes & drains, duct bank, baggage handling tunnel, culvert and sleeper, facia element,
pavement and channel.
Module-2
Precast Structural Systems, Production, Storage, & Logistics: Structural System: Skeletal
System, Portal Frame system, Large Panel system, Cell Block system and hollow block
system, Guide lines of selection – Residential & office buildings, Industrial Buildings,
Commercial buildings, Structural Stability and Structural Behaviour.
Plant and Production: Introduction -Types & Process, Production – Design and shop
drawings, check lists, Moulding, Casting and its types, Concreting, Curing, Demoulding and
inspection.
Storage, Delivery, Handling- introduction and types of equipment, lifting devices, Erection
and installation - Horizontal components, vertical components, special elements, Quality
Inspection and Tolerance
Module-3
Modelling, Analysis and design of Wall system: Design Basis Criteria: Geometric
parameters and Occupancy, Location and Associated Parameters, Systems and material
specifications, analysis tools, Loads and Load Combinations – gravity loads, lateral loads (
seismic and wind)
ETABS software, Modelling, Analysis and Design of structural elements for RC Wall system:
Design of RC wall, beam, slab & staircase, Design for stripping, stacking, transportation and
1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

erection for all elements

Module-4
Joints Connections for RC Wall system, Modelling, Analysis, Design of the Frame system:
Joints connections for RC wall system – Wall to foundation, wall to wall horizontal connection,
wall to wall vertical connection, beam to wall connection, beam to beam connection, slab to wall
– progressive collapse, diaphragm action & slab to beam connection, staircase to beam or wall
connection.
Modelling, Analysis and design for Frame system and its connections: ETABS Modelling,
Analysis and Design for frame system (foundation, column, beam, slab etc.)
Module-5
Prestressed concrete and Preventive Measures and case studies: Prestressed Concrete,
Various types of slab design and its check, Slab to beam connection Preventive Measures –
Testing requirements, water tightness, temporary supports, MEP related preventive measures,
progressive collapse – introduction and design, common defects and remedies.
Case Studies - Residential Project, Commercial Project
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. Comprehend the necessity of precast construction
2. Adopt the appropriate mould and method for casting, transportation, and erection.
3. Compute loads (Dead, Superimposed, Live, Wind, Seismic) of various elements & services
and select appropriate vertical & lateral load resisting systems for the various loads acting on
the building
4. Create and analyze a precast building model using ETABS software
5. Design of precast building including connections, adhering to the code requirements &
functional aspects

2
 Annexure-II 3 22.07.2023

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A
student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted
to each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum
total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment
Test component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the
second test will be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then
only one assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two
assignments at the end of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. IS 15916, Building Design and Erection Using Prefabricated Concrete
2. IS 13920, Ductile Design and Detailing of Reinforced Concrete Structures Subjected to
Seismic Forces
3. Precast Concrete Structures Paperback – 12 June 2019 by Kim S. Elliott
4. Precast Concrete Structures – 2018 by Hubert Bachmann and Alfred Steinle Specifications

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 E-learning content on L&T EduTech Platform.

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Site visit to understand Precast construction

3
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

Building Services - HVAC, Acoustics And Fire Safety Semester

Course Code BCV714C CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 To learn the basics of MEP systems. (Mechanical, Electrical and plumbing)
 To expose the learners to building acoustics
 To impart knowledge on HVAC and fire protection systems in building

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Power point Presentation
2. Videos, NPTEL materials
3. Quiz/Assignments/Open book test to develop skills.

Module-1
Advanced Electrical System Design for Buildings: Basics of Electrical System, Electrical
terminologies, Major Electrical equipment, Building power distribution and its schemes,
Fundamentals of Power& distribution transformers, HT, LT, DG Sets, Cables & Wires, UPS
and its importance, Introduction of HT, LT switchgears systems, Importance of Lighting
design & different Light fixtures used in buildings – Interior, external, street & offices, RMU,
HT consumer, Substation Building in Master plan - Space planning for RMU,HT, DG set,
HSD yard, Space provision for Electrical Equipment including Substation, Various equipment
clearance requirements, HVAC, PHE, FPS service-electrical load input for designing electrical
power distribution, Pedestals & ceiling support requirement for all Electrical equipment.
Module-2
Extra Low Voltage System for Infrastructure and Building Acoustics: Introduction &
Brief of ELV Systems, Concept of Building Management System (BMS) & Fire Alarm
System, Interface with Architecture/ Structure, Access control, CCTV & Public address system
- Brief and purpose, BMS - Brief and purpose, BMS interfaces with Electrical, HVAC, Fire &
Life Safety and PHE, BMS interfaces with airport systems. Basics of sound and Building
acoustics – Acoustic defects and prevention of sound transmission

Module-3
Heating, Ventilation & Air conditioning systems: Basics of HVAC - Psychrometry and its
importance - Major Components of Air conditioning System - Fundamental concepts of Heat
transfer, Air-conditioning system, Ventilation system, Pressurization Systems and their
importance to Life safety, Chilled water system, Cooling towers and major HVAC equipment,
Pumping system in HVAC, Importance of Thermal and Acoustic Insulation, Introduction and
basics of Variable Refrigerant Flow (VRF) systems, Radiant cooling, Underfloor distribution,
Chilled beams – Space planning - Importance of Static weight / Operating weights of
mechanical equipment - Importance of Floor slab and Terrace roof slab openings / cut-outs
Module-4

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

Fire Protection and Life Safety System: Basics of Fire Protection System - Active Fire
protection system - Passive Fire protection system - Basics of Smoke Control and Fire Stop
Systems - Codes & Standards and Statutory Compliance - Fire and its Classes - Hazard
Classification based on building occupancy - Means of Egress and its components - Importance
of Life Safety - Refuge Area, Fire Tower and Fire Lift - Occupant Load and Capacity factors -
Fire Stopping Materials - Compartmentation in a building - Smoke control & management in
Fire Zoning - Components of Fire Compartments.
Module-5
Plumbing for water supply and sanitary system: Scope of works in Public Health Engineering
- Sanitary fixtures and types - Water supply and treatment - Rain water drainage system -
Landscape irrigation features – Water demand calculation based on building occupancy – Piping
for different plumbing systems in buildings – Pump selection – Plant room sizing - Sewage
treatment process - External water supply, storm drainage & sewerage system - Solid waste
management - Interfacing PHE system with Architect and Structural engineers.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. Understand Electrical System along with substation for a building infrastructure
2. Comprehend the basics of acoustics and ELV systems in building.
3. Design and implementation of HVAC System
4. Implement Fire Alarm System (PAS) for building
5. Understand the importance of water supply and sanitary plumbing system for a building

2
 Annexure-II 3 22.07.2023

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A
student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted
to each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum
total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment
Test component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the
second test will be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then
only one assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two
assignments at the end of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Code of Practice for fire safety of buildings (IS 1641 – IS 1646)

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 Course content on LMS of L&T EduTech.

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning



3
Annexure-II 4 22.07.2023

4
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

Design And Execution of Pile Foundations Semester 7

Course Code BCV714D CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 Introduce the concept of Piling works and design requirements for a pile
 Elaborate the construction procedures which are involved in different pile foundations
 Explain the different load test which need to be conducted on the piles.
 Understand the Environmental, Health and Safety standards which need to be in place for
the handling of the pile works
 Elaborate on the bill of quantities of various Pile foundations
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Blackboard teaching
2. Power point Presentation
3. Videos, NPTEL materials
4. Quiz/Assignments/Open book test to develop skills.
5. Adopt problem-based learning (PBL) to develop analytical and thinking skills.

Module-1
Introduction to piles, Design and construction of Bored Cast insitu piles and Driven Cast
insitu piles: Overview of Pile foundations, Selection Criteria, Common Design considerations,
General Terminologies and Indian standard codes. Materials and Equipment, Construction
procedures, workmanship, Vertical and Lateral Capacity calculations, Load tests, Case Studies
of Bored cast insitu piles and Driven cast insitu piles
Module-2
Introduction, design and construction of precast driven and under reamed piles:
Materials and Equipment, Construction procedures, workmanship, Vertical and Lateral
Capacity calculations, Load tests, Case Studies of precast driven piles, precast driven piles in
pre-bored holes and Under reamed piles
Module-3
Grouping and settlement of piles and testing: Introduction to Grouping and Settlement of
piles, Pile Group efficiency and Spacing, Capacity of Pile group, Settlement of Pile group,
Case studies Introduction & Types of testing on piles and General requirements for testing, Pile
Integrity tests - introduction & Equipment Types of Pile Integrity test, Data Recording &
Interpretation of results, Introduction to quality assurance of piles, General requirement
Module-4
Quality control and Special Types of piles: Quality Control of BCIS, DCIS piles, Quality
records and checklists. Materials, Equipment, manufacturing procedure, Design and installation,
suitability and application and failure modes of spun piles and helical piles
Module-5
Software and Bill of quantities, Construction challenges: Introduction to Bill of quantities for
Bored cast insitu, Driven Cast insitu, Precast driven and Precast driven piles in pre-bored holes
and undreamed piles. Challenges in bored and driven piles, Introduction to types of piling

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

software, Software demonstrations (e.g., PLAXIS) and step-by-step design techniques for deep
foundations. Modelling in Plaxis 2D
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. Comprehend Basic design concepts, of pile foundations
2. Compute capacity of piles and select suitable type of pile foundation based on soil
conditions
3. Apply different construction procedures of pile foundation
4. Design and execute different load testing on piles
5. Compute bill of quantities for pile foundations
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the SEE
minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be deemed to
have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the
student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal
Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment Test
component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the second test will
be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then only one
assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two assignments at the end
of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. IS 2911- Indian standard code drivencast insitu, bored cast insitu, Driven precast piles
2. IS 14593-Indian standard code for bored cast insitu piles founded on rocks – Guidelines
3. Michel Tomilson and John Woodward, “Pile design and construction practice”, CRC Press

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 E-learning content on L&T EduTech Platform.
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Visit to a nearby site if available to pile foundation

2
Annexure-II 3 22.07.2023

3
 22.07.2023

Earthquake Resistant structures Semester VII

Course Code CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 hours Theory Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours
Examination nature (SEE) Theory/practical/Viva-Voce /Term-work/Others
Course objectives: The Course will enable students
 Fundamentals of structural dynamics
 Fundamentals of engineering seismology
 Irregularities in building which are detrimental to its earthquake performance
 Different methods of computation seismic lateral forces for framed and masonry structures
 Earthquake resistant design requirements for RCC and Masonry structures and Relevant clauses
of IS codes of practice pertinent to earthquake resistant design of structures
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies; that teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1. Black board teaching/power point presentation
2. Regular review of the students by asking questions based on topics covered in the class

MODULE-1
Introduction to structural dynamics: Basic Definitions, Concept of degrees of freedom,
D’Alembert’s principle, principle of virtual displacement and energy principles, Types of
Vibrations, Damping and its types, Analytical Model of dynamic system, Free vibration of
damped and undamped system having single degree of freedom. Concept of equivalent spring,
Numerical problems on determining natural period, natural frequency, mass, stiffness,
amplitude, and acceleration for undamped free vibration systems.
MODULE-2
Engineering Seismology: Terminologies (Focus, Focal depth, Epicenter, etc.); Causes of
Earthquakes; Theory of plate tectonics; Types and characteristics faults; Classification of
Earthquakes; Types and characteristics of seismic waves; Magnitude and intensity of
earthquakes; local site effects; Earthquake ground motion characteristics: Amplitude,
frequency and duration; Seismic zoning map of India, Earthquake measuring instruments-
Seismoscope, Seismograph and accelerograph.
MODULE-3
Seismic Performance of Buildings and Over View of IS-1893 (Part-1): Types of damages to
building observed during past earthquakes; Plan irregularities; mass irregularity; stiffness
irregularity; Concept of soft and weak storey; Torsional irregularity and its consequences;
configuration problems; continuous load path; Architectural aspects of earthquake resistant
buildings; Lateral load resistant systems. Seismic design philosophy; Structural modeling;
Code based seismic design methods.
MODULE-4
Determination of Design Lateral Forces: Equivalent lateral force procedure and dynamic analysis
procedure. Step by step procedures for seismic analysis of RC buildings using Equivalent static lateral
force method and response spectrum methods (maximum of 4 storeys and without infill walls).
Numerical problems.
MODULE-5

1
 22.07.2023

Ductility considerations: Factor affecting ductility, ductile detailing of flexural members, columns
and frame members as per IS13920. Design of Ductile Reinforced Concrete Beams, Seismic Design of
Ductile Reinforced Concrete column
Earthquake Resistant Design of Masonry Buildings: Performance of Unreinforced, Reinforced,
Infill Masonry Walls, Box Action, Lintel and sill Bands, elastic properties of structural masonry, lateral
load analysis, Recommendations for Improving performance of Masonry Buildings during
earthquakes; Retrofitting of Masonry buildings.

2
 22.07.2023

PRACTICAL COMPONENT OF IPCC(May cover all / major modules)

Sl.NO Experiments

Course outcomes (Course Skill Set):

At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 To formulate the solution for damped and undamped SDOF systems.
 To describe basic principles of engineering seismology
 To describe various irregularities and their limits for earthquake resistant structure as per Indian
standard code books.
 Analyze the structure for seismic forces using Equivalent static lateral force method and response
spectrum method
 To perform ductile Design of RC members and to describe behavior of masonry under seismic
loads.

3
 22.07.2023

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the
SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be
deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/
course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

CIE for the theory component of the IPCC (maximum marks 50)
 IPCC means practical portion integrated with the theory of the course.
 CIE marks for the theory component are 25 marks and that for the practical component is 25
marks.
 25 marks for the theory component are split into 15 marks for two Internal Assessment Tests (Two
Tests, each of 15 Marks with 01-hour duration, are to be conducted) and 10 marks for other

4
 22.07.2023

assessment methods mentioned in 22OB4.2. The first test at the end of 40-50% coverage of the
syllabus and the second test after covering 85-90% of the syllabus.
 Scaled-down marks of the sum of two tests and other assessment methods will be CIE marks for the
theory component of IPCC (that is for 25 marks).
 The student has to secure 40% of 25 marks to qualify in the CIE of the theory component of IPCC.
CIE for the practical component of the IPCC

 15 marks for the conduction of the experiment and preparation of laboratory record, and 10 marks
for the test to be conducted after the completion of all the laboratory sessions.
 On completion of every experiment/program in the laboratory, the students shall be evaluated
including viva-voce and marks shall be awarded on the same day.
 The CIE marks awarded in the case of the Practical component shall be based on the continuous
evaluation of the laboratory report. Each experiment report can be evaluated for 10 marks. Marks of
all experiments’ write-ups are added and scaled down to 15 marks.
 The laboratory test (duration 02/03 hours) after completion of all the experiments shall be
conducted for 50 marks and scaled down to 10 marks.
 Scaled-down marks of write-up evaluations and tests added will be CIE marks for the laboratory
component of IPCC for 25 marks.
 The student has to secure 40% of 25 marks to qualify in the CIE of the practical component of the
IPCC.
SEE for IPCC
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the course (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scoredby the student shall be proportionally scaled down to 50 Marks
The theory portion of the IPCC shall be for both CIE and SEE, whereas the practical portion will
have a CIE component only. Questions mentioned in the SEE paper may include questions from
the practical component.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Pankaj Agarwal and Manish Shrikande, “Earthquake resistant design of structures”, PHI
India.
2. S.K. Duggal, “Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures”, Oxford University Press
3. Anil K. Chopra, “Dynamics of Structures: Theory and Applications to Earthquake
Engineering”, Pearson
4. Education, Inc.
5. T. K. Datta, “Seismic Analysis of Structures”, John Wiley & Sons (Asia) Ltd.
6. David Dowrick, “Earthquake resistant design and risk reduction”, John Wiley and Sons
Ltd.
7. C. V. R. Murty, Rupen Goswami, A. R. Vijayanarayanan & Vipul V. Mehta, “Some Concepts
in Earthquake
8. Behaviour of Buildings”, Published by Gujarat State Disaster Management Authority,
Government of Gujarat.

5
 22.07.2023

9. IS-13920 – 2016, Ductile Detailing of Reinforced Concrete Structures Subjected to

Seismic Forces, BIS, New Delhi.
10. IS-1893 – 2016, Indian Standard Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures,
Part-1, BIS, New Delhi.
11. IS- 4326 – 2013, Earthquake Resistant Design and Construction of Buildings, BIS, New
Delhi.
12. IS-13828 – 1993, Indian Standard Guidelines for Improving Earthquake Resistance of
Low Strength Masonry Buildings, BIS, New Delhi.
13. IS-3935 – 1993, Repair and Seismic Strengthening of Buildings-Guidelines, BIS, New
Delhi.

6
 22.07.2023

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. https://www.steel-insdag.org/assets/frontend/trmpdf/Chapter41.pdf
2. https://www.steel-insdag.org/assets/frontend/trmpdf/Chapter6.pdf
3. https://www.steel-insdag.org/assets/frontend/trmpdf/Chapter42.pdf
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105105162

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

7
 VII Semester 22.07.2023
BUILDING SERVICES - HVAC, ACOUSTICS AND FIRE SAFETY
Course Code BCV755D CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3+0+0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 3 Exam Hours 3
Course Learning Objectives: This course will enable students to;
1. To learn the basics of MEP systems. (Mechanical, Electrical and plumbing)
2. To expose the learners to building acoustics
3. To impart knowledge on HVAC and fire protection systems in building
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1. Chalk and talk, PPT presentations,
2. You tube videos,
3. visit to nearby sites
4. NDT EQUIPMENTS AWARENESS
Module-1
Advanced Electrical System Design for Buildings : Basics of Electrical System, Electrical
terminologies, Major Electrical equipment, Building power distribution and its schemes, Fundamentals
of Power& distribution transformers, HT, LT, DG Sets, Cables & Wires, UPS and its importance,
Introduction of HT, LT switchgears systems, Importance of Lighting design & different Light fixtures used
in buildings – Interior, external, street & offices, RMU, HT consumer, Substation Building in Master plan -
Space planning for RMU,HT, DG set, HSD yard, Space provision for Electrical Equipment including
Substation, Various equipment clearance requirements, HVAC, PHE, FPS service-electrical load input for
designing electrical power distribution, Pedestals & ceiling support requirement for all Electrical
equipment.
Teaching-LearningProcess Chalk & Talk, PPT presentation, Youtube videos, Nearby site visits
Module-2
Extra Low Voltage System for Infrastructure and Building Acoustics: Introduction & Brief of
ELV Systems, Concept of Building Management System (BMS) & Fire Alarm System, Interface with
Architecture/ Structure, Access control, CCTV & Public address system - Brief and purpose, BMS - Brief
and purpose, BMS interfaces with Electrical, HVAC, Fire & Life Safety and PHE, BMS interfaces with airport
systems. Basics of sound and Building acoustics – Acoustic defects and prevention of sound transmission
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk & Talk, PPT presentation, Youtube videos, Nearby site visits
Module-3
Heating, Ventilation & Air conditioning systems :Basics of HVAC - Psychrometry and its importance -
Major Components of Air conditioning System - Fundamental concepts of Heat transfer, Air-conditioning
system, Ventilation system, Pressurization Systems and their importance to Life safety, Chilled water
system, Cooling towers and major HVAC equipment, Pumping system in HVAC, Importance of Thermal
and Acoustic Insulation, Introduction and basics of Variable Refrigerant Flow (VRF) systems, Radiant
cooling, Underfloor distribution, Chilled beams – Space planning - Importance of Static weight /
Operating weights of mechanical equipment - Importance of
Floor slab and Terrace roof slab openings / cut-outs
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk & Talk, PPT presentation, Youtube videos, Nearby site visits
Module-4
Fire Protection and Life Safety System :Basics of Fire Protection System - Active Fire protection
system - Passive Fire protection system - Basics of Smoke Control and Fire Stop Systems - Codes &
Standards and Statutory Compliance - Fire and its Classes - Hazard Classification based on building
occupancy - Means of Egress and its components - Importance of Life Safety - Refuge Area, Fire Tower
and Fire Lift - Occupant Load and Capacity factors - Fire Stopping Materials - Compartmentation in a
building - Smoke control & management in Fire Zoning – Components of Fire Compartments.
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk & Talk, PPT presentation, Youtube videos, Nearby site visits

1
Plumbing for water supply and sanitary system :Scope of works in Public Health Engineering - Sanitary 22.07.2023

fixtures and types - Water supply and treatment - Rain water drainage system - Landscape irrigation
features – Water demand calculation based on building occupancy – Piping for different plumbing systems
in buildings– Pump selection – Plant room sizing - Sewage treatment process - External water
supply,storm drainage & sewerage system - Solid waste management - Interfacing PHE system with Architect
and Structural engineers.
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk & Talk, PPT presentation, Youtube videos, Nearby site visits

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to :
1. Understand Electrical System along with substation for a building infrastructure
2. Comprehend the basics of acoustics and ELV systems in building.
3. Design and implementation of HVAC System
4. Implement Fire Alarm System (PAS) for building
5. Understand the importance of water supply and sanitary plumbing system for a building
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the SEE
minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be deemed to
have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the
student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal
Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment Test
component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the second test
will be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then only
one assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two assignments at
the end of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per
the outcome defined for the course.
Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the
course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3
sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Text Books
1. Code of Practice for fire safety of buildings (IS 1641 – IS 1646)
2.
Module-5

2
 22.07.2023

Reference Books:
1.
2.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 . Online study material
 NPTEL video lectures.

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Visit to Actual Repair, Retrofitting and Rehabilitation of Structures sites.
 Imparting knowledge of Techniques and materials for retrofitting.
 Mini Projects to explain the concept of Repair, Retrofit and Rehabilitation of structures.

3
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

ROAD SAFETY ENGINEERING Semester 7

Course Code BCV755A CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 2:2:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 To provide students with a comprehensive understanding of the principles, strategies, and
techniques related to ensuring safety on roadways.
 To equip students with the knowledge and skills necessary to analyse road safety issues
 To design effective road safety measures, and contribute to the improvement of road safety
practices.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Blackboard teaching
2. Power point Presentation
3. Videos, NPTEL materials
4. Quiz/Assignments/Open book test to develop skills.

Module-1
Accident Investigations And Risk Management: Collection Of Accident Data, Assessment Of
Road Safety, Methods To Identify And Prioritize Hazardous Locations And Elements, Determine
Possible Causes Of Crashes, Crash Reduction Capabilities And Countermeasures, Effectiveness Of
Safety Design Features, Accident Reconstruction, Condition And Collision Diagram.
Module-2
Traffic Engineering Studies: Statistical Methods In Traffic Safety Analysis – Regression Methods,
Poisson Distribution, Chi- Squared Distribution, Statistical Comparisons- Traffic Management
Measures And Their Influence On Accident Prevention.
Module-3
Road Safety In Transport Planning And Geometric Design: Vehicle And Human
Characteristics, Road Design And Safety Elements, Redesigning Junctions, Cross Section
Improvements, Traffic Control, Traffic Calming Measures, Road Safety Furniture
Module-4
Role Of Signs And Markings In Safety: Types Of Signs – Design Specifications – Guidelines For
Installation – Role Of Signs In Safety; Types Of Road Markings – Design Specifications – Role Of Road
Markings In Safety.
Module-5
Traffic Management Systems For Safety: Road Safety Audits And Tools For Safety Management
Systems, Road Safety Audit Process, Road Safety Improvement Strategies, ITS And Safety.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. Analyse road safety data, identify hazardous locations, and assess safety risks on roadways.
2. Evaluate the effectiveness of road safety interventions and conduct post-implementation
analysis.
3. Utilize modelling and simulation techniques to predict and assess the impact of road safety
measures.
4. Demonstrate knowledge of traffic control devices, traffic management strategies, and their role

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

in enhancing road safety.

5. Comprehend the legal and policy framework related to road safety engineering and contribute
to policy development.

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the SEE
minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be deemed to
have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the
student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal
Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment Test
component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the second test will
be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then only one
assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two assignments at the end
of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Traffic Engineering And Transportation Planning – L.R. Kadiyali, Khanna Publishers
2. Fundamentals Of Transportation Engineering - C.S.Papacostas, Prentice Hall India.
3. Transportation Engineering – An Introduction, C.Jotin Khisty, B. Kent Lall
4. Fundamentals Of Traffic Engineering, Richardo G Sigua
5. Handbook Of Road Safety Measures, Second Edition, Rune Elvik, Alena Hoye, Truls Vaa,
Michael Sorenson
6. Road Safety By NCHRP

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 NPTEL and YouTube Videos.

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Visit to Traffic Police station and traffic monitoring station

2
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

CONSERVATION OF NATURAL RESOURCES Semester 7

Course Code BCV755B CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 Learn types of land forms, soil conservation and sustainable land use planning.
 Apprehend water resources, types, distribution, planning and conservation. Water pollution
and types of uses.
 Know the types of minerals and rocks.
 Know the atmospheric composition of air, pollution and effects on human beings, animals and
plants. Air pollution control.
 Apprehend basics of biodiversity and ecosystems.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Power point Presentation
2. Video tube, NPTEL materials
3. Quiz/Assignments/Open book test to develop skills
4. Adopt problem based learning (PBL) to develop analytical and thinking skills
5. Encourage collaborative learning, site visits related to subject and impart practical
knowledge.
Module-1
Land: Land as a resource, types of lands, conservation of land forms, deforestation, effect of
land use changes. Soil health, ecological and economic importance of soil, impact of soil
degradation on agriculture and food security, need for soil conservation, sustainable land use
planning.
Module-2
Water: Global water resources, Indian water resources, Resources system planning. Water use
sectors- domestic, industrial, agriculture. Water deficit and water surplus basins in India,
equitable distribution, Inter-basin water transfers, Interlinking of rivers – Himalayan
component, peninsular component, issues involved. Ground water, its potential in India,
conjunctive use, recharge of ground water. Contamination of ground water, sea water ingress,
problems and solutions.
Module-3
Air: Introduction, composition, sources and classification of air pollutants, National Ambient
Air quality standards (NAAQS), Air quality index, effects of air pollution on human health.
Economic effects of air pollution. Control of air pollution by equipment, smoke and its control.
Ozone depletion –impacts, photochemical changes.
Module-4
Biodiversity: Introduction, Flora and Fauna, Importance of biodiversity, Economic values-
medicinal plants, drugs, fisheries biogeochemical cycling. Threat to biodiversity, natural &
anthropogenic disturbance, habitat loss. Conservation of biodiversity, National parks, wild life
sanctuaries, zoological gardens, gene banks, pollen culture, ecological restoration, social forestry.
Ecosystem: Definition, Types: forest, grass land, marine, desert, wetlands, estuarine, lotic, lentic.
Abiotic & biotic components of ecosystem.
Module-5

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

Global warming: concept, indicators, factor and effects. Global climate change-indicators, health
impacts, effect on biodiversity. Introduction to global efforts in conservation of biodiversity.
.EIA regulations in India, status of EIA in India, list of projects needing environmental clearance
under EIA notifications. Case study of hydro power/ thermal power projects
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. Apprehend various components of land as a natural resource and land use planning.
2. Know availability and demand for water resources as applied to India.
3. Analyse the components of air as resource and its pollution.
4. Discuss biodiversity & its role in ecosystem functioning.
5. Critically appreciate the environmental concerns of today.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the SEE
minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be deemed to
have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the
student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal
Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment Test
component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the second test will
be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then only one
assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two assignments at the end
of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.
Suggested Learning Resources:
1. P.Jaya Rami Reddy, “A Textbook of Hydrology”, University Science Press, New Delhi, 2011.
2. Krishnamurthy K.V., “An advanced textbook of Biodiversity- principle & practices.” Oxford and
IBH publications Co.Pvt ltd, New Delhi. 2004.
3. Odum, E.P., “Fundamentals of Ecology”, W.B sounders, Philadelphia, USA, 1971
4. Singh J.S, Singh S.P & Gupta, S.R., “Ecology, environment and resource conservation”, Anamaya
publications, 2006

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 NPTEL video lectures and YouTube videos.
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Visit to forest department, KSNDMC, KSRSAC to understand Natural resources data and Management

2
 VII Semester 22.07.2023
ENERGY EFFICIENCY, ACOUSTICS AND DAYLIGHTING IN BUILDING

Course Code BCV755C CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3+0+0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 3 Exam Hours 3
Course Learning Objectives: This course will enable students to;
1. To facilitate learners to understand climatology, heat ingress in building and energy
2. To expose the learners to building acoustics, indoor air quality and day lighting.
3. To impart fundamental knowledge on Life cycle assessment and Energy efficiency in buildings.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1. Chalk and talk, PPT presentations,
2. You tube videos,
3. visit to nearby sites
4. NDT EQUIPMENTS AWARENESS
Module-1
Introduction to Climatology and heat ingress in building: Basics of climatology, Earth – Sun
relationship, Solar angles and sun path diagram, Design of shading systems. Basics of Thermodynamics,
Convection/radiation heat transfer, Heat gain through various elements of a building, Thermal comfort
models and case studies.
Teaching-LearningProcess Chalk & Talk, PPT presentation, Youtube videos, Nearby site visits
Module-2
Building acoustics, Indoor air quality and Lighting in buildings: Basics of sound and Building
acoustics – Acoustic defects, prevention of sound transmission and acoustic measure for office building.
Indoor Air Quality – Effects, control of contaminants and moisture in indoor environment, Integrated
approach for IAQ management. Fundamentals of lighting- Day lighting and its metrics – Strategies for
day lighting and its control. Artificial lighting – Design and control strategies – Visual comfort
enhancement.
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk & Talk, PPT presentation, Youtube videos, Nearby site visits
Module-3
Energy efficient buildings, Water and Waste management in buildings :Energy efficiency –
Energy efficiency in building envelope and energy efficient HVAC and Lighting as per Energy
conservation building code (ECBC) 2017, Energy simulation, Energy management system – Renewable
energy and Energy Audit. (demand control ventilation) Water Efficiency – Planning and design of water
management system, Rain water harvesting, Water efficient design and fixtures, Treatment and reuse
and Water efficient landscape system.
Waste management – Types of waste and its treatment methods, Construction and demolition waste
management, Waste management in residential, commercial buildings, healthcare facilities.
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk & Talk, PPT presentation, Youtube videos, Nearby site visits
Module-4
Life Cycle Assessment of Buildings and Green project management: Materials – Green product
certifications, features of sustainable building materials and sustainable alternatives for structural,
envelope and finishing materials. Low carbon cement, Zero emission bricks and lean construction
practices.
Life cycle assessment and its types – Modelling and Analysis, Greenhouse gas emission.
Different phases of Green building project management.
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk & Talk, PPT presentation, Youtube videos, Nearby site visits
Module-5

1
 Energy Efficient rating :Energy efficiency rating for distribution transformers, diesel generator set,
22.07.2023
motors, pumps, electrical appliances, lighting fixtures and lifts as per Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE).
Energy efficiency in HVAC system – Variable Frequency Drive (VFD), Air volume drive. Roof top solar
installations and solar water heaters, Heat recovery system in buildings, Building Management System
(BMS) – Occupancy sensors and energy efficient lighting controls,Smart Buildings.

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk & Talk, PPT presentation, Youtube videos, Nearby site visits
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Comprehend climatology, shading system and analyze heattransfer mechanism in buildings.
1.
Assess the design considerations and parameters for lighting, acoustics and indoor air quality.
2.
Develop solutions for energy efficiency, water efficiency and waste management in buildings.
3.
Calculate energy savings and CO2 mitigation using web tools such as ECONIWAS and Solar rooftop
4.
calculator.
5. Adopt green project management methodology and evaluate building life cycle
assessment.
6. Understand energy efficiency measures in a building.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the SEE
minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be deemed to
have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the
student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal
Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment Test
component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the second test
will be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then only
one assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two assignments at
the end of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per
the outcome defined for the course.
Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the
course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3
sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Text Books
1. HarharaIyer G, Green Building Fundamentals, Notion Press
2. Dr. Adv. HarshulSavla, Green Building: Principles & Practices

2
 22.07.2023

Reference Books:
1. The Sustainable Habitat Handbook (6 Volume Set), GRIHA Version 2019
2. National Building Code – 2016, Volume 1&2, Bureau of Indian Standards
3. Energy Conservation Building Code – 2017 (with amendments up to 2020), Bureauof Energy
Efficiency.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 . Online study material
 NPTEL video lectures.

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 

3
 VII Semester 22.07.2023
BUILDING SERVICES - HVAC, ACOUSTICS AND FIRE SAFETY
Course Code BCV755D CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3+0+0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 3 Exam Hours 3
Course Learning Objectives: This course will enable students to;
1. To learn the basics of MEP systems. (Mechanical, Electrical and plumbing)
2. To expose the learners to building acoustics
3. To impart knowledge on HVAC and fire protection systems in building
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1. Chalk and talk, PPT presentations,
2. You tube videos,
3. visit to nearby sites
4. NDT EQUIPMENTS AWARENESS
Module-1
Advanced Electrical System Design for Buildings : Basics of Electrical System, Electrical
terminologies, Major Electrical equipment, Building power distribution and its schemes, Fundamentals
of Power& distribution transformers, HT, LT, DG Sets, Cables & Wires, UPS and its importance,
Introduction of HT, LT switchgears systems, Importance of Lighting design & different Light fixtures used
in buildings – Interior, external, street & offices, RMU, HT consumer, Substation Building in Master plan -
Space planning for RMU,HT, DG set, HSD yard, Space provision for Electrical Equipment including
Substation, Various equipment clearance requirements, HVAC, PHE, FPS service-electrical load input for
designing electrical power distribution, Pedestals & ceiling support requirement for all Electrical
equipment.
Teaching-LearningProcess Chalk & Talk, PPT presentation, Youtube videos, Nearby site visits
Module-2
Extra Low Voltage System for Infrastructure and Building Acoustics: Introduction & Brief of
ELV Systems, Concept of Building Management System (BMS) & Fire Alarm System, Interface with
Architecture/ Structure, Access control, CCTV & Public address system - Brief and purpose, BMS - Brief
and purpose, BMS interfaces with Electrical, HVAC, Fire & Life Safety and PHE, BMS interfaces with airport
systems. Basics of sound and Building acoustics – Acoustic defects and prevention of sound transmission
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk & Talk, PPT presentation, Youtube videos, Nearby site visits
Module-3
Heating, Ventilation & Air conditioning systems :Basics of HVAC - Psychrometry and its importance -
Major Components of Air conditioning System - Fundamental concepts of Heat transfer, Air-conditioning
system, Ventilation system, Pressurization Systems and their importance to Life safety, Chilled water
system, Cooling towers and major HVAC equipment, Pumping system in HVAC, Importance of Thermal
and Acoustic Insulation, Introduction and basics of Variable Refrigerant Flow (VRF) systems, Radiant
cooling, Underfloor distribution, Chilled beams – Space planning - Importance of Static weight /
Operating weights of mechanical equipment - Importance of
Floor slab and Terrace roof slab openings / cut-outs
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk & Talk, PPT presentation, Youtube videos, Nearby site visits
Module-4
Fire Protection and Life Safety System :Basics of Fire Protection System - Active Fire protection
system - Passive Fire protection system - Basics of Smoke Control and Fire Stop Systems - Codes &
Standards and Statutory Compliance - Fire and its Classes - Hazard Classification based on building
occupancy - Means of Egress and its components - Importance of Life Safety - Refuge Area, Fire Tower
and Fire Lift - Occupant Load and Capacity factors - Fire Stopping Materials - Compartmentation in a
building - Smoke control & management in Fire Zoning – Components of Fire Compartments.
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk & Talk, PPT presentation, Youtube videos, Nearby site visits

1
Plumbing for water supply and sanitary system :Scope of works in Public Health Engineering - Sanitary 22.07.2023

fixtures and types - Water supply and treatment - Rain water drainage system - Landscape irrigation
features – Water demand calculation based on building occupancy – Piping for different plumbing systems
in buildings– Pump selection – Plant room sizing - Sewage treatment process - External water
supply,storm drainage & sewerage system - Solid waste management - Interfacing PHE system with Architect
and Structural engineers.
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk & Talk, PPT presentation, Youtube videos, Nearby site visits

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to :
1. Understand Electrical System along with substation for a building infrastructure
2. Comprehend the basics of acoustics and ELV systems in building.
3. Design and implementation of HVAC System
4. Implement Fire Alarm System (PAS) for building
5. Understand the importance of water supply and sanitary plumbing system for a building
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the SEE
minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be deemed to
have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the
student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal
Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment Test
component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the second test
will be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then only
one assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two assignments at
the end of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per
the outcome defined for the course.
Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the
course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3
sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Text Books
1. Code of Practice for fire safety of buildings (IS 1641 – IS 1646)
2. Building Services Engineering David V. Chadderton
3. Building Services Handbook Roger Greeno, Fred Hall

Module-5

2
 22.07.2023

Reference Books:
1.
2.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 . Online study material
 NPTEL video lectures.

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 

3
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

Deep Excavation and Tunnels Semester 8

Course Code BCV801A CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 Introduce various underground structures such as tunnels, caverns, shafts, and stations
 Explain the construction methodology, support systems and challenges in the construction of
Tunnels, caverns, shafts, and stations.
 Explain design aspects in the field on geotechnical/rock engineering and tunnelling,
Instrumentation, and monitoring of tunnels
 Impart knowledge on the field challenges to the students through introduction of problem
statements in each module and to assess the comprehension of course through case studies as
project work
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Blackboard teaching
2. Power point Presentation
3. Videos, NPTEL materials
4. Quiz/Assignments/Open book test to develop skills.

Module-1
Introduction to underground constructions and tunnelling: General Description of Various
Tunnels and other underground structures, Components of a tunnel, Stress around an
underground opening, Methods of excavations, Subsurface investigation
Surface investigation, Sampling Techniques, Laboratory and in-situ testing of soil and rock, Indian
standard codes
Module-2
Construction, challenges and solutions for Caverns, shaft and underground stations:
Factors affecting the choice of method of tunnel construction, Cut and cover method, Bored
method, Drill and blast method, Sequential excavation method and shaft method, Norwegian
tunnel boring method (NTM), New Austrian tunnel boring method (NATM), Methods of
construction of caverns and shafts and underground stations, Challenges and solutions for
execution of these methods, Different types of Tunnel boring machines.
Module-3
Design methodology, Instrumentation and monitoring for tunnels: Rock mass classification,
Geotechnical and geological inputs for design, Empirical, semi empirical and joint set analysis,
Numerical 2D modelling and final support recommendations, Need for Instrumentation and
monitoring in tunnels, Types of Instruments - Planning and execution
Module-4
Support systems and design software for tunnels: Need for pre-excavation support system, Fore
piling, Bolts and Anchors, Shotcrete, wire meshes, lattice girders and integrated support systems,
Different types of retaining structures and their applicability. Secant piles, Sheet piles, contiguous
piles and soldier piles and D wall. Requirement of investigation to be carried out for underground
structure, Preparation geotechnical interpretation report for design of retaining structure,
Numerical analysis to be performed for temporary / permanent retaining system, Introduction to
software to be used in embedded retaining system, Case studies.
Module-5

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

Indian and International Code provisions: Introduction to interpretation using Rock data,
Introduction to Wallap, Introduction to Plaxis Introduction to RS-2, Introduction to CIRIA 143,
Wallap and their application Practical application & case studies
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. Comprehend the different soil investigation techniques, rock mass classifications, components of
different underground structures and their functions.
2. Design and apply different construction methodologies for tunnels, Caverns and shafts in different soil
and rock conditions
3. Evaluate the suitability of different excavation supports such as sheet piles, soldier piles, diaphragm
walls and tunnel support for different soil and rock conditions
4. Create an instrumentation monitoring plan for tunnel construction
5. Comprehend the use of different software tools in deep excavations and apply code provisions for
mitigating water ingress and seepage in excavations and tunnels
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the SEE
minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be deemed to
have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the
student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal
Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment Test
component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the second test will
be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then only one
assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two assignments at the end
of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. CIRIA -C760 “Guidance on Embedded retaining wall design”
2. David Chapman, Nicole Metje, Alfred Stark ” Introduction to Tunnel Construction “2017 , CRC Press
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 E-learning content on L&T EduTech Platform.
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Site visit to understand deep excavation and tunnelling process

2
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

Pre-engineered Buildings Semester 8

Course Code BCV801B CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours
Examination type (SEE) Theory/practical/Viva-Voce /Term-work/Others
Course objectives:
 To describe the specifications of various types of steel members used in Pre-engineered
Buildings
 To explain the calculation of loads that are applicable for steel buildings, and unique only to
PEB like crane loads, mezzanine loads, pipe rack loads, etc.
 To understand the various steps for carrying out the analysis & optimized design of an
industrial pre-engineered building and its connections
 To go through the design procedure of cold-formed elements that constitute the secondary
framing of a Pre-engineered building
 To get an idea of fabrication and erection aspects in the design and construction of a Pre-
Engineered building
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Blackboard teaching
2. Power point Presentation
3. Videos, NPTEL materials
4. Quiz/Assignments/Open book test to develop skills

Module-1
Introduction to PEB, Materials used in PEB and its specifications: Introduction to PEB,
Materials used in PEB and its specifications
Built-up Tapered sections – Cold-formed Steel sections – Bracings in PEB – Cladding &
Roofing – Additional components in a PEB – Insulation, Ventilation, Drainage, Expansion,
Acoustics – Coatings of elements of a PEB – Accessories in a PEB
Module-2
Components and Loads on a PEB: Layout of a PEB – Load flow path – Primary framing :
Column and Rafter frame – Secondary framing: Purlins and girts – Bracing configurations and
selection – Special structural systems – Jack beams and Jack portals – Lattice girders – Soldier
columns – Cabletrays and Pipe racks – Types of Crane systems and configurations Mezzanine
floors, joists and Decking sheets – Roof sheeting types and variants – Wall cladding and panel
types – Openings in PEB in Roofs and walls Loads acting on a PEB – Dead Loads, Live loads,
Snow loads, Collateral loads, Wind loads, Seismic loads – Crane loads and Mezzanine loads –
Loads due to temperature and its consideration in design
Module-3
Connections in PEB and Codes of Practice: Various types of connections in PEB – Rafter to
column connections – Beam to Beam/Column connections – Splices – Base connections,
Anchor bolts and base plates – Gantry Girder Connections – Optional connections
Codes practiced for the design of a PEB – Indian Standards, IS:800 - American Standards,
AISC 360 – MBMA practices – Cold-formed Steel design code, IS:801 & AISI S100
Module-4

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

Design of a PEB warehouse and Industrial PEB structure: Study of inputs from the client –
Modelling of a PEB warehouse structure – Calculation and application of loads and load
combinations into the software – Analysis and Design parameters for the structure – Design of
Primary and Secondary members – Deflection & Drift checks – Design of Connections
Design of Industrial PEB structure – Modelling, Loads, Analysis and Design of the structure
using software – Additional scope of Industrial structures in comparison with Warehouse
structures – Design of Gantry girders – Special Connections Design
Module-5
Base connection, Drawings in a PEB, Stakeholders of a PEB & Fabrication, Erection and
Execution aspects
Column reactions and Base connection design: Base plates and Anchor Bolts – Overview of
Footing, Pedestal, Tie beams and Grade slab
Anchor Bolt (AB) & General Assembly (GA) drawings – Good for Construction (GFC)
Drawings – Fabrication & Erection drawings – Bill of Quantities (BOQ) and Material Planning
Sheet (MPS) – As-Built drawings
Stakeholders of a PEB – Role of Design Engineers & Manufacturers responsibilities – Pre-Bid
and Post-bid conditions – Shop fabrication – Methods of rolling – Quality tests – Scheme and
Sequence of Erection – Good Engineering practices
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. Understand the specifications of hot-rolled and coldformed steel members used in Pre-
Engineered buildings
2. Compute various loads acting on pre-engineered buildings and select the proper framing
configuration and lateral load resisting systems
3. Carry out the analysis & optimized design of an industrial pre-engineered building and its
connections, using a modelling software
4. Design cold-formed elements that constitute the secondary framing of a Pre-engineered
building
5. Integrate the practical fabrication and erection aspects in the design and construction of a
Pre-Engineered building

2
 Annexure-II 3 22.07.2023

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A
student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted
to each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum
total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment
Test component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the
second test will be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then
only one assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two
assignments at the end of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. IS 800:2007, IS 1893, IS 875 (Part 1-5), SP6, NBC (Part 1 & 2): 2016
2. Steel Structures – Design and Practice, N. Subramanian

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 E-learning content on L&T EduTech Platform.

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Site visit to a Pre-engineered building

3
 22.07.2023

Semester-VIII
PROJECT MANAGEMNET AND FINANACE
Course Code: CIE Marks
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:3:0:0 SEE Marks
Total Hours of Pedagogy Total Marks 100
Credits Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To understand what are the objectives of project management.
 To outline the principles followed in carrying out a project.
 To demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering and management principles.
 To function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams.
 To understand the concepts of finance and accounts carried out in project management.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Chalk and talk
2. Power point Presentation, video
3.Group Discussions
Module-1
Project Implementation, Monitoring and Control
Project representation: Role of project managers ,relevance with objective of organization, preliminary
manipulations ,Basic Scheduling concepts :Resource levelling ,Resource allocation ,Setting a base line,
Project management information system: Importance of contracts in projects: Team work in Project
Management: Formation of Effective terms
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and talk method/Power Point Presentation
Module-2
Project planning and time management
Purpose, Project scheduling, activity definition, activity sequencing, activity duration estimating, schedule
development, schedule control, project management using CPM\PERT- Network basics, Network
development, PERT analysis, advantages. Computerized network analysis- features of PM software,
capabilities of PM software, multi project analysis,
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and talk method/Power Point Presentation
Module-3
Project Evaluation, Auditing and Other Related Topics in Project Management
Project Evaluation: Project auditing: Phase of project audit Project closure reports, computers, e-markets in
Project Management:
Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and talk method/Power Point Presentation

Module-4
Project appraisal: Objectives, essentials of a project methodology – Market appraisal – Technical appraisal –
Financial appraisal – Socio – economic appraisal – Management appraisal

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and talk method/Power Point Presentation

Module-5
Finance and Accounting
Source of finance: Term Loans: Capital Structure: Financial Institution Accounting Principles: Preparation and
Interpretation of balance sheets, profit and loss statements , Fixed Assets, Current assets, Depreciation methods

1
 22.07.2023

:Break even analysis:

Teaching-Learning Process Chalk and talk method/Power Point Presentation

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

1. Ability to study the current market trends and choose projects.

2. Ability to prepare project feasibility reports.
3. Ability to implement the project effectively meeting government norms and conditions.
4. Ability to understand the role and responsibility of the Professional Engineer.
5. Be able to assess social, health, safety issues based on the reasoning received from the contextual
knowledge.
6. Ability to choose projects which benefit the society and organization

Suggested Learning Resources:

Text Book and Reference
1. Project Management Institute A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge PMBOK Guide
(Sixth Edition), Sept 2017
2. James C.Van Horne, Fundamentals of Financial Management, Person Education 2004.
3. Kuster J., Huber, E., Lippmann, R., Schmid, A., Schneider, E., Witschi, U., Wust, R. Project
Management Handbook,2015
4. Khanna, R.B.,Project Management, PHI 2011.
5. Prasanna Chandra, Financial Management, Tata McGraw-Hill,2008.
6. By Carl S. Warren, James M. Reeve, Jonathan Duchac.Financial and Managerial Accounting,2016
7. PaneerSelvam, R., and Senthilkumar, P., Project Management, PHI, 2011.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=m4KU7Mo1Iqw
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2v1GEBfma5k
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DL1S6sdr5tA
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1mHaBKAamIU
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Quizzes
 Assignment
 Seminars

2
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

Metros and Seaports Engineering Semester 8

Course Code BCV801D CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 Elaborate on the salient features and types of Transit oriented development and its
significance
 Explain the planning, Analysis, design and execution of elevated and underground Metro
viaducts, tunnels including monitoring systems and stations
 Explain the design and Analysis of Earth retaining structures used in Metro systems
 Introduce the future trends and technologies in Transportation systems.
 Introduce the salient features of seaports
 Explain the different permanent and enabling structures in seaports
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Blackboard teaching
2. Power point Presentation
3. Videos, NPTEL materials
4. Quiz/Assignments/Open book test to develop skills

Module-1
Introduction to Mass Rapid Transit System (MRTS) and Planning of Metros: Overview of
Metro, Transit Oriented Development, Feasibility Study for MRTS Project, Sustainable and
Smart Technologies, Recent Advancements & Future Technologies (High Speed Rail
Technology, 'Maglev & Ground Effect Trains etc.). Basic Interfacing Principles – Alignment,
Urban level planning, constraints and restrictions, Building Information Modelling in Metros,
HVAC Systems, Tunnel Ventilation System, Public Health Engineering, Fire Alarm System
etc.
Module-2
Design, Construction and Quality Control: Introduction to Contracts, Overview of FIDIC
standards, Introduction to Quality Systems, Precasting Yard Development, Types of Precast
Super Structure, Precast Mould development, Formwork System Overview, introduction to
Precast Erection, Superstructure launching Methods, Obligatory Spans, substructure and
foundation Construction Methodology, Challenges in Foundation Construction Alignment /
Span configuration of elevated structures, Soil condition and type of foundations, Substructure
system, Choosing type of Pier based on alignment profile, Rail / Over Head Equipment mast,
Station overall layout, Pier arm - spine wing / cantilever and Platform- precast/cast-in-situ
system. Erection methods and case studies Overview of Elevated station, Analysis and Design,
Spine beam method, Design of station components, Loads and introduction to IRC/IRS Codes,
'Analysis and Design of superstructure, Substructure and foundation, 'Introduction to
Modelling Software - STAAD Pro .
Module-3

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

Earth Retaining systems, Underground Metro Stations, Tunnels and monitoring systems:
Underground Stations and its configurations, Shoring Systems, supporting systems,
Construction Methodology (Bottom Up method/ Top Down method), Tunnelling methods and
monitoring systems, Earth retaining structures, Secant pile wall design, Guide walls,
Introduction to Loads, Load combinations, Fire resistant criteria and Floatation check, 2D &
3D model generation, SOD restrictions & Element sizing for UG Stations, Design of all the
components of UG station.
Module-4
Introduction to Seaports: Introduction and evolution of Ports and Harbors, Terminologies, Over
view of Marine Structures, Operation and components of Ports, Site investigation and survey,
Approach facilities and navigational aids. Design considerations and functional requirements of
typical port structures, Breakwater Structures, Berthing structures, Piers, Wharfs, Jetties, Quays,
Dolphins, Fenders, Dredging facilities, Shipyard structures (dry dock and floating dock), Shore
protection and Reclamation
Module-5
Enabling structures: Cofferdams and Dewatering – Case study, Load Out Jetty (LOJ) – Design
of retaining structure, Elevated platform and Hydraulic ramp. Casting Yard Planning and Mould
Optimisation. Piling Gantry – Layout, Loading. Rock Works – Breakwater construction,
Revetment. Floating Stability/Caisson launching – Casting bed, Ballasting. Modular
Construction – Modularisation, Erection.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. Create the basic layout of elevated and underground metro stations as per laid down codes
and regulations
2. Interpret design recommendations and Codes of Practice for Elevated and Underground
Metros and select suitable construction practices
3. Design the earth retaining systems for the excavations of underground stations
4. Comprehend the different permanent and enabling structures of seaports and harbors
5. Design Enabling structures of Ports and Harbors

2
 Annexure-II 3 22.07.2023

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50)
and for the SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A
student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted
to each subject/ course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum
total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment
Test component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the
second test will be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then
only one assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two
assignments at the end of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Indian Standard code - IS 456, Guidance on embedded retaining wall design CIRIAC760
2. David Chapman, Nicole Metje, Alfred Stark ” Introduction to Tunnel Construction “2017 ,
CRC Press
3. M. Ramachandran ,”Metro Rail Projects in India- A Study in Project Planning “2011,
Oxford University Press
4. Srinivasan, R., Harbour, Dock & Tunnel Engineering, Charotar Publishing House
5. Bindra, S.P., A course in Docks and Harbour Engineering, Dhanpat Rai & Sons
6. Port Design - Guidelines and recommendations by C. A. Thoresen, Tapir Publications

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 E-learning content on L&T EduTech Platform.
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Site visits

3
MKV-TEMPLATE for IPCC (26.04.2022) Annexure-III 22.07.2023

Advanced Design of RC Structures Semester VII

Course Code CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 hours Theory Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Examination nature (SEE) Theory
Course objectives: The Course will enable students
 To make students to learn principles of Structural Design,
 To design different types of structures and to detail the structures.
 To evaluate performance of the structures

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies; that teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1. Black board teaching/power point presentation
2. Regular review of the students by asking questions based on topics covered in the class

MODULE-1
 Design of R C slabs by yield line method.
 Design of RCC overhead circular and rectangular water tanks with supporting towers
MODULE-2
 Design of grid or coffered floors.
 Design of flat slabs
MODULE-3
 Design of R C Chimneys.
 Design of continuous beams with redistribution of Moments

MODULE-4
 Design of R C bunkers
 Design of R C silos
MODULE-5
Formwork: Introduction, Requirements of good formwork, Materials for forms, choice of formwork,
loads on formwork, Permissible stresses for timber, Design of formwork, Shuttering for columns,
Shuttering for slabs and beams, Erection of Formwork, Action prior to and during concreting, Striking of
forms. Recent developments in form work

1
 MKV-TEMPLATE for IPCC (26.04.2022) Annexure-III 22.07.2023

Course outcomes (Course Skill Set):

On completion of this course, students can:
1. Achieve Knowledge of design and development of problem-solving skills
2. Understand the principles of Structural Design.
3. Design and develop analytical skills.
4. Summarize the principles of Structural Design and detailing
5. Understands the structural performance
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the
SEE minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be
deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/
course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

CIE (maximum marks 50)

 50 marks for CIE are split into 30 marks for three Internal Assessment Tests and 20 marks for
other assessment methods mentioned in 22OB4.2.
 The first test at the end of 30-35% coverage of the syllabus, the second test after covering 65-70%
of the syllabus and the third test for 95-100% coverage of syllabus
 The student must secure 40% of 50 marks to qualify in the CIE

SEE (Max 100 Marks scaled downed to 50 Marks)

Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the course (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students must answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Marks scored by the student shall be proportionally scaled down to 50 Marks
Suggested Learning Resources:
Recommended Reading:
1. Krishna Raju. N., “Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design”, CBS Publishers & Distributors
2. Punmia B.C, Ashok Kumar Jain and Arun Kumar Jain, “Comprehensive RCC Design”, Laxmi
Publications, New Delhi
3. Pillai S. U. and Menon D., “Reinforced Concrete Design”, Tata McGraw-Hill,3rd Ed, 1999
4. Relevant IS Code Books
5. Shah.H.J, “Reinforced Concrete”, Vol-1 and Vol-2, Charotar, 8th Edition –2009 and 6th Edition –
2012 respectively. 5. Gambhir.M.L, “Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures”, PHI Pvt. Ltd,
NewDelhi, 2008
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=undsd92MM8w&list=PLbQO4xhI7wEDIYv90NoF7veaJIohpuf0Q
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Conduction of technical seminars on recent research activities
 Group Discussion

2
 22.07.2023

ADVANCED CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY Semester VIII

Course Code BCV801E CIEMarks 50
TeachingHours/Week(L:T:P:S) 3:0:0:0 SEEMarks 50
TotalHoursofPedagogy 40hoursTheory TotalMarks 100
Credits 03 ExamHours 03
Examinationnature(SEE) Theory
Course objectives: The Course will enable students
 To learn the fundamentals of properties of concrete materials, its testing procedures,
 To study various types of concretes, NDT of concrete and mix design.
 To know the special types of concrete.
Teaching-Learning Process(General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies; that teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1. Blackboard teaching/power point presentation
2. Regular review of the students by asking questions based on topics covered in the class
MODULE-1
Concrete materials:
Cement -Review of manufacturing process- chemical composition, Bogue’s compounds, mechanism of hydration-heat of
hydration, - Chemical Admixtures- types, uses, mechanism of action - effects on properties of concrete - Mineral
admixtures- types, chemical composition - physical characteristics - effects on properties of concrete - Rheology – basic
concepts – Bingham model
MODULE-2
Mix proportioning:
Mix design - nominal mix- design mix – concept of mix design - variables of proportioning - general considerations -
factors considered in the design of concrete mix- various methods of mix design - design of concrete mix as per IS
10262-2019 - Statistical quality control of concrete – mean strength – standard deviation – coefficient of variation –
sampling - testing - acceptance criteria.
MODULE-3
Properties of fresh and hardened Concrete:
Properties of fresh concrete- workability-factors affecting workability - slump test, compaction factor test- Vee Bee
consistometer test- Properties of hardened concrete - modulus of elasticity, compressive strength, split tensile
strength, flexural strength- effect of water cement ratio – maturity concept- Creep - factors affecting creep - effect of
creep Shrinkage- factors affecting shrinkage - plastic shrinkage, drying shrinkage, autogenous shrinkage, carbonation
shrinkage.
MODULE-4
Durability & NDT of concrete:
Durability of concrete- Factors affecting durability - permeability- cracking-reinforcement corrosion; carbonation, chloride
penetration, sulphate attack, acid attack, fire resistance; frost damage, alkali silica reaction, concrete in sea water - Non-
destructive testing of concrete surface hardness test- ultrasonic pulse velocity method - penetration resistance- pull-out test
core cutting - measuring reinforcement cover
MODULE-5
Special Topics in Concrete Technology:
Special concretes - lightweight concrete-heavy weight concrete - high strength concrete – high performance concrete -
self compacting concrete -roller compacted concrete– fibre reinforced concrete - polymer concrete-pumped concrete -
ready mix concrete - green concrete. Special processes and technology - sprayed concrete; underwater concrete, mass
concrete; slip form construction, prefabrication technology- 3D concrete printing

Course outcomes: After studying this course, students will be able to:
1. To understand the properties and testing procedure of concrete materials as per IS code
2. To design concrete mix using IS Code Methods.
3. To describe the procedure of determining the properties of fresh and hardened concrete
4. To explain non destructive testing of concrete
5. To describe the various special types of concretes.

1
 22.07.2023

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the SEE minimum passing mark is
35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall bedeemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/course if the student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the
sum total of the CIE(Continuous InternalEvaluation)andSEE (SemesterEndExamination)taken together.

CIE(maximummarks50)
 50 marks for CIE are split into 30marks for three Internal Assessment Tests and 20marks for other assessment
methods mentioned in 22OB4.2.
 The first test at the end of 30-35% coverage of the syllabus, the second test after covering 65-70%of the syllabus and
the third test for 95-100% coverage of syllabus
 The student must secure 40% of 50marks to qualify in the CIE

SEE (Max 100 Marks scaled downed to 50 Marks)

Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common questionpapersfor
thecourse (duration03hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students must answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module. Marks scored by the student
shall be proportionally scaled down to 50Marks
Suggested Learning Resources:

1. Neville A.M., ‟Properties of Concrete‟, Trans-Atlantic Publications, Inc.; 5e, 2016

2. Mehta and Monteiro, Concrete-Micro structure, Properties and Materials‟, McGraw Hill Professional 2017
3. R. Santhakumar „ Concrete Technology‟, Oxford Universities Press, 2018
4. Shetty M. S., Concrete Technology‟, S. Chand & Co., 2018
5. Neville A. M. and Brooks J. J., Concrete Technology, Pearson Education, 2019
WeblinksandVideoLectures(e-Resources):
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SdWh05agJtg&list=PLyqSpQzTE6M_k_G-Lwpb4UUxYUQ-garG1
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Conduction of technical seminars on recent research activities
 Site visits

2
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

Energy Conservation in Buildings Semester 8

Course Code BCV802A CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 To facilitate learners to understand climatology, heat ingress in building and energy efficiency.
 To expose the learners to comfort in buildings.
 To impart fundamental knowledge on Life cycle assessment and Energy conservation.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various
course outcomes.
1. Blackboard teaching
2. Power point Presentation
3. Videos, NPTEL materials
4. Quiz/Assignments/Open book test to develop skills.

Module-1
Introduction to Climatology and heat ingress in building: Basics of climatology, Earth – Sun
relationship, Solar angles and sun path diagram, Design of shading systems. Basics of
Thermodynamics, Convection/radiation heat transfer, Heat gain through various elements of a
building, Thermal comfort models and case studies.
Module-2
Building acoustics, Indoor air quality and Lighting in buildings: Basics of sound and Building
acoustics – Acoustic defects, prevention of sound transmission and acoustic measure for office
building. Indoor Air Quality – Effects, control of contaminants and moisture in indoor
environment, Integrated approach for IAQ management. Fundamentals of lighting- Daylighting
and its metrics – Strategies for daylighting and its control. Artificial lighting – Design and control
strategies – Visual comfort enhancement.
Module-3
Energy efficient buildings, Water and Waste management in buildings: Energy efficiency – Energy
efficiency in building envelope and energy efficient HVAC and Lighting as per Energy
conservation building code (ECBC) 2017, Energy simulation, Energy management system –
Renewable energy and Energy Audit. (demand control ventilation) Water Efficiency – Planning
and design of water management system, Rain water harvesting, Water efficient design and
fixtures, Treatment and reuse and Water efficient landscape system.
Waste management – Types of waste and its treatment methods, Construction and demolition
waste management, Waste management in residential, commercial buildings, healthcare facilities.
Module-4
Life Cycle Assessment of Buildings and Green project management: Materials – Green product
certifications, features of sustainable building materials and sustainable alternatives for structural,
envelope and finishing materials. Low carbon cement, Zero emission bricks and lean construction
practices. Life cycle assessment and its types – Modelling and Analysis, Greenhouse gas emission.
Different phases of Green building project management.
Module-5
Energy conservation: Energy efficiency rating for distribution transformers, diesel generator set,
motors, pumps, electrical appliances, lighting fixtures and lifts as per Bureau of Energy Efficiency
(BEE). Energy efficiency in HVAC system – Variable Frequency Drive (VFD), Air volume drive. Roof
top solar installations and solar water heaters, Heat recovery system in buildings, Building

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

Management System (BMS) – Occupancy sensors and energy efficient lighting controls, Smart
Buildings
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. Comprehend climatology, shading system and analyze heat transfer mechanism in buildings.
2. Assess the design considerations and parameters for lighting, acoustics and indoor air quality.
3. Develop solutions for energy efficiency, water efficiency and waste management in buildings.
4. Calculate energy savings and CO2 mitigation using web tools such as ECONIWAS and Solar
rooftop calculator.
5. Adopt green project management methodology and evaluate building life cycle assessment.
6. Implement energy conservation measures in buildings.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the SEE
minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be deemed to
have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the
student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal
Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment Test
component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the second test will
be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then only one
assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two assignments at the end
of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. HarharaIyer G, Green Building Fundamentals, Notion Press
2. Dr. Adv. HarshulSavla, Green Building: Principles & Practices
3. The Sustainable Habitat Handbook (6 Volume Set), GRIHA Version 2019
4. National Building Code – 2016, Volume 1&2, Bureau of Indian Standards
5. Energy Conservation Building Code – 2017 (with amendments up to 2020), Bureau of Energy Efficiency.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 E-learning content on L&T EduTech Platform.
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Visit to green buildings

2
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

Occupational Health and Safety Semester 8

Course Code BCV802B CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 Gain an historical, economic, and organizational perspective of occupational safety and health
 Investigate current occupational safety and health problems and solutions.
 Identify the forces that influence occupational safety and health.
 Demonstrate the knowledge and skills needed to identify workplace problems and safe work
practice
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
 Apart from conventional lecture methods various types of innovative teaching techniques
through videos, animation films may be adopted so that the delivered lesson can progress the
students in theoretical, applied and practical skills.
 Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class.
 Ask at least three HOTS (Higher-order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes critical
thinking.
 Seminars and Quizzes may be arranged for students in respective subjects to develop skills.
Module-1
Occupational Hazard and Control Principles: Safety, History and development, National Safety
Policy. Occupational safety and Health Act (OSHA), Occupational Health and Safety administration
- Laws governing OSHA and right to know. Accident – causation, investigation, investigation plan,
Methods of acquiring accident facts, Supervisory role in accident investigation
Module-2
Ergonomics at Work Place: Ergonomics Task analysis, Preventing Ergonomic Hazards, Work
space Envelops, Visual Ergonomics, Ergonomic Standards, Ergonomic Programs. Hazard cognition
and Analysis, Human Error Analysis , Fault Tree Analysis – Emergency Response - Decision for
action – purpose and considerations
Module-3
Fire Prevention and Protection: Fire Triangle, Fire Development and its severity, Effect of
Enclosures, early detection of Fire, Classification of fire and Fire Extinguishers. Electrical Safety,
Product Safety: Technical Requirements of Product safety.
Module-4
Health Considerations at Work Place: types of diseases and their spread, Health Emergency.
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) – types and advantages, effects of exposure and treatment
for engineering industries, municipal solid waste. Environment management plans (EMP) for
safety and sustainability
Module-5
Occupational Health and Safety Considerations: Water and wastewater treatment plants,
Handling of chemical and safety measures in water and wastewater treatment plants and labs,
Construction material manufacturing industries like cement plants, RMC Plants, precast plants
and construction sites. Policies, roles and responsibilities of workers, managers and supervisors

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
 Identify hazards in the workplace that pose a danger or threat to their safety or health, or that of others.
 Control unsafe or unhealthy hazards and propose methods to eliminate the hazard.
 Present a coherent analysis of a potential safety or health hazard both verbally and in writing, citing the
occupational Health and Safety Regulations as well as supported legislation.
 Discuss the role of health and safety in the workplace pertaining to the responsibilities of workers,
managers, supervisors.
 Identify the decisions required to maintain protection of the environment, workplace as well as personal
health and safety.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the SEE
minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be deemed to
have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the
student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal
Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment Test
component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the second test will
be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then only one
assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two assignments at the end
of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Goetsch D.L., (1999), “Occupational Safety and Heal th for Technologists, Engineers and Managers”, Pren
tice Hall.
2. Heinrich H.W., (2007), “Industrial Accident Prevent ion - A Scientific Approach”, McGraw-Hill Book
Company
3. National Safety Council and Associate (Data) Publishers Pvt. Ltd., (1991), “Industrial Safety and Poll
ution Control Handbook
4. Colling D.A., (1990), “Industrial Safety Management and Technology”, Prentice Hall, New Delhi.
5. Della D.E., and Giustina, (1996), “Safety and Environmental Management”, Van Nostrand Reinhold
International Thomson Publishing Inc.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/114106017
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 http://nptel.ac.in

2
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

Green Buildings Semester 8

Course Code BCV802C CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 Understand the Definition, Concept & Objectives of the terms cost effective construction and
green building
 Apply cost effective techniques in construction
 Apply cost effective Technologies and Methods in Construction
 Understand the Problems due to Global Warming
 State the Concept of Green Building 6. Understand Green Buildings
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Blackboard teaching/PowerPoint presentations (if needed)
2. Regular review of students by asking questions based on topics covered in the class.

Module-1
Introduction to the concept of cost effective construction -Uses of different types of materials and
their availability -Stone and Laterite blocks- Burned Bricks- Concrete Blocks- Stabilized Mud Blocks
Lime Poszolana Cement- Gypsum Board- Light Weight Beams- Fiber Reinforced Cement
Components Fiber Reinforced Polymer Composite- Bamboo- Availability of different materials-
Recycling of building materials – Brick- Concrete- Steel- Plastics - Environmental issues related to
quarrying of building materials
Module-2
Environment friendly and cost effective Building Technologies - Different substitute for wall
construction Flemish Bond - Rat Trap Bond – Arches – Panels - Cavity Wall - Ferro Cement and
Ferro Concrete constructions – different pre cast members using these materials - Wall and Roof
Panels – Beams – columns - Door and Window frames - Water tanks - Septic Tanks - Alternate
roofing systems - Filler Slab - Composite Beam and Panel Roof -Pre-engineered and ready to use
building elements - wood products - steel and plastic - Contributions of agencies - Costford -
Nirmithi Kendra - Habitat
Module-3
Global Warming – Definition - Causes and Effects - Contribution of Buildings towards Global
Warming - Carbon Footprint – Global Efforts to reduce carbon Emissions Green Buildings –
Definition – Features Necessity – Environmental benefit - Economical benefits - Health and Social
benefits - Major Energy efficient areas for buildings – Embodied Energy in Materials Green
Materials - Comparison of Initial cost of Green V/s Conventional Building - Life cycle cost of
Buildings.
Module-4
Green Building rating Systems- BREEAM – LEED - GREEN STAR -GRIHA ( Green Rating for
Integrated Habitat Assessment) for new buildings – Purpose - Key highlights - Point System with
Differential weight age. Green Design – Definition - Principles of sustainable development in
Building Design - Characteristics of Sustainable Buildings – Sustainably managed Materials -
Integrated Lifecycle design of Materials and Structures (Concepts only)
Module-5
Utility of Solar Energy in Buildings Utility of Solar energy in buildings concepts of Solar Passive
Cooling and Heating of Buildings. Low Energy Cooling. Case studies of Solar Passive Cooled and
Heated Buildings.
Green Composites for Buildings Concepts of Green Composites. Water Utilisation in Buildings, Low
Energy Approaches to Water Management. Management of Solid Wastes. Management of Sullage

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

Water and Sewage. Urban Environment and Green Buildings. Green Cover and Built Environment.

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. Understand cost effective building materials
2. Choose environment friendly construction procedure
3. Design eco-friendly buildings to reduce global warming
4. Understand the different green rating of buildings
5. Estimate energy saving in construction
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the SEE
minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be deemed to
have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the
student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal
Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment Test
component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the second test will
be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then only one
assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two assignments at the end
of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Harhara Iyer G, Green Building Fundamentals, Notion Press 2. Dr. Adv. Harshul Savla,
Green Building: Principles & Practices

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=THgQF8zHBW8
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DRO_rIkywxQ.
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Students have to visit a building which is green rated and prepare a report

2
 Annexure-II 1 22.07.2023

INTEGRATED BUILDING SERVICES Semester 8

Course Code BCV802D CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L: T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Examination type (SEE) Theory
Course objectives:
 Understand Electrical System along with substation for a building infrastructure
 Learn ELV System and its interface with other allied services
 Design and implement HVAC System
 Learn and implement Fire Alarm System (PAS)
 Understand and implement importance of Public Health Services
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Blackboard teaching
2. Power point Presentation
3. Videos, NPTEL materials
4. Quiz/Assignments/Open book test to develop skills.
Module-1
Advanced Electrical System Design for Buildings: Basics of Electrical System, Electrical
terminologies, Major Electrical equipment, Building power distribution and its schemes,
Fundamentals of Power& distribution transformers, HT, LT, DG Sets, Cables & Wires, UPS and its
importance, Introduction of HT, LT switchgears systems, Importance of Lighting design &
different Light fixtures used in buildings – Interior, external, street & offices, RMU, HT consumer,
Substation Building in Master plan - Space planning for RMU,HT, DG set, HSD yard, Space
provision for Electrical Equipment including Substation, Various equipment clearance
requirements, HVAC, PHE, FPS service-electrical load input for designing electrical power
distribution, Pedestals & ceiling support requirement for all Electrical equipment.
Module-2
Extra Low Voltage System for Infrastructure: Introduction & Brief of ELV Systems, Concept of
Building Management System (BMS) & Fire Alarm System, Interface with Architecture/ Structure,
Access control, CCTV & Public address system - Brief and purpose, BMS - Brief and purpose, BMS
interfaces with Electrical, HVAC, Fire & Life Safety and PHE, BMS interfaces with airport systems.
Module-3
Heating, Ventilation & Air conditioning systems: Basics of HVAC - Psychrometry and its
importance - Major Components of Air conditioning System - Fundamental concepts of Heat
transfer, Air-conditioning system, Ventilation system, Pressurization Systems and their
importance to Life safety, Chilled water system, Cooling towers and major HVAC equipment,
Pumping system in HVAC, Importance of Thermal and Acoustic Insulation, Introduction and
basics of Variable Refrigerant Flow (VRF) systems, Radiant cooling, Underfloor distribution,
Chilled beams – Space planning - Importance of Static weight / Operating weights of mechanical
equipment - Importance of Floor slab and Terrace roof slab openings / cut-outs
Module-4
Fire Protection and Life Safety System: Basics of Fire Protection System - Active Fire protection
system - Passive Fire protection system - Basics of Smoke Control and Fire Stop Systems - Codes
& Standards and Statutory Compliance - Fire and its Classes - Hazard Classification based on
building occupancy - Means of Egress and its components - Importance of Life Safety - Refuge
Area, Fire Tower and Fire Lift - Occupant Load and Capacity factors - Fire Stopping Materials -
Compartmentation in a building - Smoke control & management in Fire Zoning - Components of
Fire Compartments.
Module-5

1
 Annexure-II 2 22.07.2023

Public Health Engineering: Scope of works in Public Health Engineering - Sanitary fixtures and
types - Water supply and treatment - Rain water drainage system - Landscape irrigation features
– Water demand calculation based on building occupancy – Piping for different plumbing systems
in buildings – Pump selection – Plant room sizing - Sewage treatment process - External water
supply, storm drainage & sewerage system - Solid waste management - Interfacing PHE system
with Architect and Structural engineers.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to :
1. Understand Electrical System along with substation for a building infrastructure
2. Learn ELV System and its interface with other allied services.
3. Design and implement HVAC Systems
4. Learn and implement Fire Alarm System (PAS)
5. Understand and implement importance of Public Health Services
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50) and for the SEE
minimum passing mark is 35% of the maximum marks (18 out of 50 marks). A student shall be deemed to
have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the
student secures a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal
Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 For the Assignment component of the CIE, there are 25 marks and for the Internal Assessment Test
component, there are 25 marks.
 The first test will be administered after 40-50% of the syllabus has been covered, and the second test will
be administered after 85-90% of the syllabus has been covered
 Any two assignment methods mentioned in the 22OB2.4, if an assignment is project-based then only one
assignment for the course shall be planned. The teacher should not conduct two assignments at the end
of the semester if two assignments are planned.
 For the course, CIE marks will be based on a scaled-down sum of two tests and other methods of
assessment.
Internal Assessment Test question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy
as per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester-End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for
the course (duration 03 hours).
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum
of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
4. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to 50 marks.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Building Services Integration, P K Barton, Barry G Fryer, David Highfield, ISBN-13 978-0419120308,
SPON Press, 1983
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 E-learning content on L&T EduTech Platform.
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Site visits